Add ethtool private stats handler to debug the handling of packets
with checksum offload header / trailer. This allows to keep track of
the number of packets for which hardware computes the checksum and
counts and reasons where checksum computation was skipped in hardware
and was done in the network stack.
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Packets in transmit path could potentially be dropped if there were
errors while adding the MAP header or the checksum header.
Increment the tx_drops stats in these cases.
Additionally, refactor the code to free the packet and increment
the tx_drops stat under a single label.
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A number of drivers have the following pattern:
if (np)
of_mdiobus_register()
else
mdiobus_register()
which the implementation of of_mdiobus_register() now takes care of.
Remove that pattern in drivers that strictly adhere to it.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Fugang Duan <fugang.duan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Antoine Tenart <antoine.tenart@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes klockworks warnings: Pointer 'dev' returned from call to
function 'bus_find_device' at line 179 may be NULL and will be dereferenced
at line 181.
cpsw-phy-sel.c:179: 'dev' is assigned the return value from function 'bus_find_device'.
bus.c:342: 'bus_find_device' explicitly returns a NULL value.
cpsw-phy-sel.c:181: 'dev' is dereferenced by passing argument 1 to function 'dev_get_drvdata'.
device.h:1024: 'dev' is passed to function 'dev_get_drvdata'.
device.h:1026: 'dev' is explicitly dereferenced.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
[nsekhar@ti.com: add an error message, fix return path]
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Misc update for mlx5e netdevice driver
From Gal Pressman:
- Remove MLX5E_TEST_BIT macros and use test_bit instead
- Use __set_bit when possible
From Eran Ben Elisha:
- Improve debug print on initial RX posting timeout
From Or Gerlitz:
- Support offloaded TC flows with no matches on headers
- mlx5e TC cleanups
Trivial cleanups From Roi, Tariq and Saeed:
- Use bool as return type for mlx5e_xdp_handle
- Use u8 instead of int for LRO number of segments
- Skip redundant checks when providing NUD lastuse feedback
- Remove redundant vport context vlan update
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJa+gseAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+m54H/1dMnavEL5kBr4KlLMO1AYrI
PL+BeOyVyOkXE5h4IJm070SPukV79SoC3ntjj3KsRBw65WhLmo0Lw10GeDwXove1
BZ+mvNG7kvTZgXG1LfR2R6wvFrum2bcj1h5A4+/BQA9Zur0PusWbZvQ+5s3vQRRX
TqapkcitAKPxeWPm8YOGsKxiVfnwVgX1C/gE2Jr05aV8veuWF2QlmrAkm38oOasG
5rZ5fM3YQwaXJrBRg2uI5merIi5sU0GTVbMCdQ8gcS3YHVXDNJxOm60QnT6cVGPi
eZzIPrU7iksWvYdZ7AR3mqnuoobbgBbbPu36qTyQNJJR+28JJpaTVshnpEhvg1Y=
=9qrA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5e-updates-2018-05-14' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5e-updates-2018-05-14
Misc update for mlx5e netdevice driver
From Gal Pressman:
- Remove MLX5E_TEST_BIT macros and use test_bit instead
- Use __set_bit when possible
From Eran Ben Elisha:
- Improve debug print on initial RX posting timeout
From Or Gerlitz:
- Support offloaded TC flows with no matches on headers
- mlx5e TC cleanups
Trivial cleanups From Roi, Tariq and Saeed:
- Use bool as return type for mlx5e_xdp_handle
- Use u8 instead of int for LRO number of segments
- Skip redundant checks when providing NUD lastuse feedback
- Remove redundant vport context vlan update
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We call pcim_iomap in hclge_pci_init, pcim_iounmap should be called
in error handle of hclge_init_ae_dev.
We call pcim_iomap in hclge_pci_init, but do not call pcim_iounmap in
hclge_pci_uninit. When we remove the hclge.ko and insert it again, a
problem that pci can not map will happen. pcim_iounmap need to be called
in hclge_pci_uninit.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As HNS3 driver will enable SRIOV default and enable all VFs the
HW support, if PF and VF driver compiled to kernel, VF driver
will work on host default, it is not right.
This patch adds support for hns3_driver.sriov_configure to support
user configs the VF_num, and do not enable sriov default.
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Suggested-by: Zhou Wang <wangzhou1@hisilicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hclge_ae_start is called, hdev->hw.mac.link may be set
to one after up/down multi-times, which does not correspond to
the link state of netdev when the netdev is up.
This fixes it by setting hdev->hw.mac.link to zero when
hclge_ae_start is called.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sriov is enabled, the Qset and tc mapping is not longer one
to one relation.
This patch fixes it by mapping all pf and vf's Qset to tc.
Fixes: 848440544b ("net: hns3: Add support of TX Scheduler & Shaper to HNS3 driver")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A client includes many client instance. Just like ae_algo, Initializing
client instance failed does not represent registering client failed.
The action of registering client just is adding client to the client
list and the result always is true. This patch changes the return
value of hnae3_register_client form a variable value to a fixed value,
makes the function always return ok.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ae_algo is used by many ae_devs. It is not only belong to just a
ae_dev. Initializing ae_dev failed does not represent registering ae_algo
failed. Because the action of registering ae_algo just is adding ae_algo
to the ae_algo list and it is always is true, it make no sense to define
return type as int.
This patch changes the return type of hnae3_register_ae_algo from int to
void.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If hclge.ko has not been inserted, the value of ret always is zero
in hnae3_register_ae_dev. If hclge.ko has been inserted, the value
of ret is zero or non zero. Different execution ways have different
results. It is confusing.
The ae_dev which is initialized failed can be reinitialized when we
remove hclge.ko and insert it again. For the case initializing client
instance, it is just like the case initializing ae_dev. The main function
of hnae3_register_ae_dev is adding the ae_dev to ad_dev list. Because
adding ae_dev is always ok, we does not need to return any in this
function.
This patch changes the return type of hnae3_register_ae_dev from int
to void.
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the client instance is initializd failed, we do not need to uninit it.
This patch adds a state check to check init state of client instance.
Fixes: 38caee9d3e ("net: hns3: Add support of the HNAE3 framework")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When initializing ae_dev failed during loading hclge.ko, the drvdata will
be set to null. When removing hns3.ko, we get a null ae_dev. It causes the
null pointer problem.
This patch removes pci_set_drvdata from error handle of hclge_init_ae_dev
to fix the bug, since pci_set_drvdata has been called in hns3_remove.
Also, we do not need to uninit the ae_dev which is not initialized. And
it may be the one which is initialized failed.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer Support")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hnae3_unregister_ae_algo is called by PF, pci_disable_sriov is
called. And then, hns3_remove is called by VF. We get deadlocked in
this case.
Since VF pci device is dependent on PF pci device, When PF pci device
is removed, VF pci device must be removed. Also, To solve the deadlock
problem, VF pci device should be removed before PF pci device is removed.
This patch moves pci_enable/disable_sriov from hclge to hns3 to solve
the deadlock problem.
Also, we do not need to return EPROBE_DEFER in hnae3_register_ae_dev,
because SRIOV is no longer enabled in the context calling
hnae3_register_ae_dev. Mutex_trylock can be replaced with mutex_lock.
Fixes: 424eb834a9 ("net: hns3: Unified HNS3 {VF|PF} Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a driver for Microsemi Ocelot Ethernet switch support.
This makes two modules:
mscc_ocelot_common handles all the common features that doesn't depend on
how the switch is integrated in the SoC. Currently, it handles offloading
bridging to the hardware. ocelot_io.c handles register accesses. This is
unfortunately needed because the register layout is packed and then depends
on the number of ports available on the switch. The register definition
files are automatically generated.
ocelot_board handles the switch integration on the SoC and on the board.
Frame injection and extraction to/from the CPU port is currently done using
register accesses which is quite slow. DMA is possible but the port is not
able to absorb the whole switch bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for matching flows based on tunnel VNI value.
Introduces fw APIs for allocating/removing MPS entries related
to encapsulation. And uses the same while adding/deleting filters
for offloading flows based on tunnel VNI match.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumaras@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Earlier code of doing bitwise AND with field width bits was wrong.
Instead, simplify code to calculate ntuple_mask based on supplied
fields and then compare with mask configured in hw - which is the
correct and simpler way to validate ntuple mask.
Fixes: 3eb8b62d5a ("cxgb4: add support to create hash-filters via tc-flower offload")
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumaras@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MLX5E_TEST_BIT macro is the same as the already existent test_bit,
remove it and replace all usages.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Make the code more clear by replacing the existing code with __set_bit.
Signed-off-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Report all channels which got timeout on posting the minimal number of
RX WQEs and not only the first one. Avoid busy wait on every channel,
when one of the RQs check got timeout, poll once for the remaining RQs.
In addition, add channel index to log when failed to get min RX WQEs
This info is needed in order to debug in case of dysfunctional channel.
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
For example:
tc filter add dev ens2f0_0 parent ffff: flower skip_sw action drop
Note that for eswitch flows, we still always match on the source port.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Introduce levels of matching on headers of offloaded flows
(none, L2, L3, L4) that follow the inline mode levels.
This is pre-step for us to offload flows without any
matches on headers.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Set the initial value to none instead of L2, and set to L2
where the previous initial value was assumed. Make sure to
parse L2 matches before L3 matches and L3 before L4.
This is a pre-step to get the match level for more purposes
other than the validating the needed vs. actual inline level.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Use local actions variable while parsing the actions of offloaded TC flow.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reaching here, means we didn't err anywhere, so lets just
return success.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
This is not needed as the attributes are zeroed out on allocation.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Clean warning/check complaints made by checkpatch on en_{tc,rep}.c
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The firmware DMAC_47_16 header re-write token was defined twice,
clean it up.
Signed-off-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Range of LRO number of segments fits in u8.
Also, bring initialization and declaration together to
save code.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
It's redundant to continue the loop if we found one flow whose lastuse value
being newer than the last one we reported, since this is enough for us to
trigger a NUD update (neigh_event_send()).
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Blakey <paulb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In delete vlan flow an extra call to mlx5e_vport_context_update_vlans
was added by mistake, remove it.
Fixes: 86d722ad2c ("net/mlx5: Use flow steering infrastructure for mlx5_en")
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Gal Pressman <galp@mellanox.com>
We no longer require a check for cxgb4 to be MASTER
when configuring SRIOV, It was required when we had
module parameter to instantiate vf.
Signed-off-by: Arjun Vynipadath <arjun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When resolving a path that the packet will take after being encapsulated
in mirror-to-gretap scenarios, one of the devices en route could be a
LAG. In that case, mirror to first up slave that corresponds to a front
panel port.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid exiting the function with a lingering sysfs file (if the first
call to device_create_file() fails while the second succeeds), and avoid
calling devlink_port_unregister() twice.
In other words, either mlx4_init_port_info() succeeds and returns zero, or
it fails, returns non-zero, and requires no cleanup.
Fixes: 096335b3f9 ("mlx4_core: Allow dynamic MTU configuration for IB ports")
Signed-off-by: Tarick Bedeir <tarick@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ERR_CAST inlined function instead of ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(...)).
drivers/net/ethernet/ti/cpts.c:567:9-16: WARNING: ERR_CAST can be used with cpts->refclk
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/err_cast.cocci
Signed-off-by: Hernán Gonzalez <hernan@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Allwinner R40 SoC has the EMAC controller supported by dwmac-sun8i.
It is named "GMAC", while EMAC refers to the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
controller supported by sun4i-emac. The controller is the same, but
the R40 has the glue layer controls in the clock control unit (CCU),
with a reduced RX delay chain, and no TX delay chain.
This patch adds support for it using the framework laid out by previous
patches to map the differences.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the R40 SoC, the RX delay chain only has a range of 0~7 (hundred
picoseconds), instead of 0~31. Also the TX delay chain is completely
absent.
This patch adds support for different ranges by adding per-compatible
maximum values in the variant data. A maximum of 0 indicates that the
delay chain is not supported or absent.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the Allwinner R40 SoC, the "GMAC clock" register is in the CCU
address space. Using a standard syscon to access it provides no
coordination with the CCU driver for register access. Neither does
it prevent this and other drivers from accessing other, maybe critical,
clock control registers. On other SoCs, the register is in the "system
control" address space, which might also contain controls for mapping
SRAM to devices or the CPU. This hardware has the same issues.
Instead, for these types of setups, we let the device containing the
control register create a regmap tied to it. We can then get the device
from the existing syscon phandle, and retrieve the regmap with
dev_get_regmap().
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the Allwinner R40, the "GMAC clock" register is located in the CCU
block, at a different register address than the other SoCs that have
it in the "system control" block.
This patch converts the use of regmap to regmap_field for mapping and
accessing the syscon register, so we can have the register address in
the variants data, and not in the actual register manipulation code.
This patch only converts regmap_read() and regmap_write() calls to
regmap_field_read() and regmap_field_write() calls. There are some
places where it might make sense to switch to regmap_field_update_bits(),
but this is not done here to keep the patch simple.
Signed-off-by: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-05-14
This series contains updates to virtchnl, i40e and i40evf.
Bruce cleans up whitespace and unnecessary parentheses in virtchnl.
Jake does a number of stat cleanups in the i40e driver, including
cleanup of code indentation, whitespace issues, remove duplicate stats,
fix grammar in code comment and general spring cleaning of the
statistics code.
Patryk fixes an issue where we recalculate vectors left and vectors
wanted but do not take into account the reduced number of queue pairs
per VSI.
Harshitha adds tx_busy stat to ethtool stats to track the number of
times we return NETDEV_TX_BUSY to the stack during transmit.
Paweł fixes a potential system crash when unloading the VF driver after
a hardware reset.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Register callback to collect hardware/firmware dumps in second kernel
before hardware/firmware is initialized. The dumps for each device
will be available as elf notes in /proc/vmcore in second kernel.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Lakkireddy <rahul.lakkireddy@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes a hardware reset support in VF driver.
It is needed because when a hardware reset is detected
adapter->state is in __I40EVF_RESETTING state before
i40evf_reset_task is called. Without this patch
unloading VF driver after a hardware reset ends
with a system crash.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
In commit bbc4e7d273 ("i40e: fix race condition with PTP_TX_IN_PROGRESS
bits") we modified the code which handles Tx timestamps so that we would
clear the progress bit as soon as possible.
A later commit 0bc0706b46 ("i40e: check for Tx timestamp timeouts during
watchdog") introduced similar code for detecting and handling cleanup of
a blocked Tx timestamp. This code did not use the same pattern for cleaning
up the skb.
Update this code to wait to free the skb until after the bit lock is
free, by first setting the ptp_tx_skb to NULL and clearing the lock.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix up the English in the header comment for i40e_ptp_tx_hang.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We don't really need to have separate definitions for MAX_QUEUES and
I40EVF_MAX_REQ_QUEUES, since we'll always be limited by how many queues
we request anyways. If we haven't enabled requesting the maximum number
of queues, there's no reason to have our call to alloc_etherdev_mq
actually pass the higher value, since we'd never enable those queues
anyways.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds the tx_busy stat to the ethtool stats. The tx_busy
stat tracks the number of times we return NETDEV_TX_BUSY to the stack
during transmit.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch adds a recalculation of number of MSI-X
vectors for VMDq in the case where we have less
vectors available than we would want to reserve for
VMDq.
It fixes the issue where we recalculate vectors left
and vectors wanted but we didn't take into account
the reduced number of queue pairs per VSI.
Signed-off-by: Patryk Małek <patryk.malek@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
A future patch is going to refactor some of the ethtool statistic code.
To keep the patches easy to review, cleanup some of the indentation used
for macro definitions first.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The pfc related priority stats are already handled separately as these
stats are actually arrays of length I40E_MAX_USER_PRIORITY. Thus,
including them within i40e_gstrings_stats will just duplicate data.
Worse, the sizeof will be incorrect, as it will be the total size of the
stat arrays, which in this case is 8 * sizeof(u64), so we will only copy
the stat contents as if they were a u32.
Since we already correctly handle these stats else where, remove them
from the i40e_gstrings_stats.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Use a separate function to calculate the number of stats for
a particular device. This helps reduce the clutter in
i40e_get_sset_count().
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix up the VF client header define, since it is the same as the PF
client header.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf 2018-05-14
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Fix nfp to allow zero-length BPF capabilities, meaning the nfp
capability parsing loop will otherwise exit early if the last
capability is zero length and therefore driver will fail to probe
with an error such as:
nfp: BPF capabilities left after parsing, parsed:92 total length:100
nfp: invalid BPF capabilities at offset:92
Fix from Jakub.
2) libbpf's bpf_object__open() may return IS_ERR_OR_NULL() and not
just an error. Fix libbpf's bpf_prog_load_xattr() to handle that
case as well, also from Jakub.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rebooting while qedr is loaded with a VLAN interface present
results in unregister_netdevice waiting for the usage count
to become free.
The fix is that rdma devices should be removed before unregistering
the netdevice, to assure all references to ndev are decreased.
Fixes: cee9fbd8e2 ("qede: Add qedr framework")
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <michal.kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This driver supports EISA devices in addition to PCI devices, and relied
on the legacy behavior of the pci_dma* shims to pass on a NULL pointer
to the DMA API, and the DMA API being able to handle that. When the
NULL forwarding broke the EISA support got broken. Fix this by converting
to the DMA API instead of the legacy PCI shims.
Fixes: 4167b2ad ("PCI: Remove NULL device handling from PCI DMA API")
Reported-by: tedheadster <tedheadster@gmail.com>
Tested-by: tedheadster <tedheadster@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The bpf syscall and selftests conflicts were trivial
overlapping changes.
The r8169 change involved moving the added mdelay from 'net' into a
different function.
A TLS close bug fix overlapped with the splitting of the TLS state
into separate TX and RX parts. I just expanded the tests in the bug
fix from "ctx->conf == X" into "ctx->tx_conf == X && ctx->rx_conf
== X".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
do not sleep while adding or deleting udp tunnel.
Fixes: 846eac3fcc ("cxgb4: implement udp tunnel callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
set cntrl bits to indicate whether inner header checksum
needs to be calculated whenever the packet is an encapsulated
packet and enable supported encap features.
Fixes: d0a1299c6b ("cxgb4: add support for vxlan segmentation offload")
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
adapter->rawf_cnt was not initialized, thereby
ndo_udp_tunnel_{add/del} was returning immediately
without initializing {vxlan/geneve}_port.
Also initializes mps_encap_entry refcnt.
Fixes: 846eac3fcc ("cxgb4: implement udp tunnel callbacks")
Signed-off-by: Arjun Vynipadath <arjun@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ENOENT is suitable when an item is looked for in a collection and can't
be found. The failure here is actually a depletion of a resource, where
ENOBUFS is the more fitting error code.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Calling the variable l3edev was relevant when neighbor lookup was the
last stage in the simulated pipeline. Now that mlxsw handles bridges and
vlan devices as well, calling it "L3" is a misnomer.
Thus in mlxsw_sp_span_dmac(), rename to "dev", because that function is
just a service routine where the distinction between tunnel and egress
device isn't necessary.
In mlxsw_sp_span_entry_tunnel_parms_common(), rename to "edev" to
emphasize that the routine traces packet egress.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The error clean up path kfree's adapter->ipsec and should be
instead kfree'ing ipsec. Fix this. Also, the err1 error exit path
does not need to kfree ipsec because this failure path was for
the failed allocation of ipsec.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#146424 ("Resource Leak")
Fixes: 63a67fe229 ("ixgbe: add ipsec offload add and remove SA")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The method ndo_start_xmit() is defined as returning an 'netdev_tx_t',
which is a typedef for an enum type, but the implementation in this
driver returns an 'int'.
Fix this by returning 'netdev_tx_t' in this driver too.
Signed-off-by: Luc Van Oostenryck <luc.vanoostenryck@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add check for unsupported module and return the error code.
This fixes a Coverity hit due to unused return status from setup_sfp.
Signed-off-by: Emil Tantilov <emil.s.tantilov@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Prior to this commit, the rq_last_status was only set when hardware
responded with an error. This leads to rq_last_status being invalid
in the future when hardware eventually responds without error. This
commit resolves the issue by unconditionally setting rq_last_status
with the value returned in the descriptor.
Fixes: 940b61af02 ("ice: Initialize PF and setup miscellaneous
interrupt")
Signed-off-by: Jeff Shaw <jeffrey.b.shaw@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJa9NFvAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+vNoIAM/5zfT9f2iu6uNADcrFFfYY
bdHY/psg9qDAjqZxmFYezcwdOrPY5GxLn+1VVZPLfwCir/qupTOO2skLRyAKEau0
uKSP45LD6E+M0Sew+15//sEB3J2JzcjJsNd61lzdl+3GKT/Nr/ZGY0K8iFXItdc3
Ye/vsL1IRNaosl4dnAGzOylGeit2VeUkmS/JrFRVqFjVLu78zxEuLHdnIZApt+4W
lwpLnsplhUbPk6lwHNNureSuzQq4SXMLWIB+v1uxzHOSSZT8nkrr4/ew/BYHp1oo
EteRykl4x3SkDbPcTBeElvpb52nduC6jgn8auVXOY9XZDmqX+rxhfBh3fBVFYB8=
=FwjF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2018-05-10' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2018-05-10
the following series includes some fixes for mlx5 core driver.
Please pull and let me know if there's any problem.
For -stable v4.5
("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Include VF RDMA stats in vport statistics")
For -stable v4.10
("net/mlx5e: Err if asked to offload TC match on frag being first")
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Resources are not freed in the reverse order of the allocation.
Labels are also mixed-up.
Fix it and reorder code and labels in the error handling path of
'mlxsw_core_bus_device_register()'
Fixes: ef3116e540 ("mlxsw: spectrum: Register KVD resources with devlink")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The HW doesn't support matching on frag first/later, return error if we are
asked to offload that.
Fixes: 3f7d0eb42d ("net/mlx5e: Offload TC matching on packets being IP fragments")
Signed-off-by: Roi Dayan <roid@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
The host side reporting of VF vport statistics didn't include the VF
RDMA traffic.
Fixes: 3b751a2a41 ("net/mlx5: E-Switch, Introduce get vf statistics")
Signed-off-by: Adi Nissim <adin@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Ariel Almog <ariela@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Some platforms require IRQs to be free'd in the shutdown path. Otherwise
they will fail to be reallocated after a kexec.
Fixes: 8812c24d28 ("net/mlx5: Add fast unload support in shutdown flow")
Signed-off-by: Daniel Jurgens <danielj@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in DP_VERBOSE message text
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the wrong conversion where 1 Mbps was converted to
1024 Kbps.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mirroring to a gretap or ip6gretap device, allow the underlay
packet path to include VLAN devices. The following configurations are
supported in underlay:
- vlan over phys
- vlan-unaware bridge where the egress device is vlan over phys
- vlan over vlan-aware bridge where the egress device is phys
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Offload "tc action mirred mirror" to a device that is a vlan device on
top of a front-panel port device. The hardware encapsulates the mirrored
packets in a VLAN tag. That includes the case that the mirrored traffic
is already VLAN-tagged--in that case the monitor traffic will be
double-tagged, just like in the software path.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add MLXSW_REG_MPAT_SPAN_TYPE_REMOTE_ETH to support VLAN-encapsulated
port mirroring.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If an error occurs, 'mlx4_en_destroy_netdev()' is called.
It then calls 'mlx4_en_free_resources()' which does the needed resources
cleanup.
So, doing some explicit kfree in the error handling path would lead to
some double kfree.
Simplify code to avoid such a case.
Fixes: 67f8b1dcb9 ("net/mlx4_en: Refactor the XDP forwarding rings scheme")
Signed-off-by: Christophe JAILLET <christophe.jaillet@wanadoo.fr>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The liquidio_watchdog kernel thread is watching over only 12 cores of the
Octeon CN23XX; it's neglecting the other 4 cores that are present in the
CN2360. Fix it by defining LIO_MAX_CORES as 16.
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
100GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-05-09
This series contains updates to fm10k only.
Jake provides all the changes in the series, starting with adding
support for accelerated MACVLAN devices. Reduced code duplication by
implementing a macro to be used when setting up the type specific
macros. Avoided potential bugs with stats by using a macro to calculate
the array size when passing to ensure that the size is correct.
v2: changed macro reference '#' with __stringify() as suggested by
Joe Perches to patch 2 of the series. Also made sure the updated
series of patches is actually pushed to my kernel.org tree
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch refactors the loopback related function in order
to support the serdes loopback.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The head or tail in hardware is not longer valid when resetting,
current hns3_clear_all_ring use them to clean the ring, which
will cause problem during resetting.
This patch fixes it by using next_to_use and next_to_clean in
the ring struct.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The add/del_tunnel_udp is not implemented in hclge_main moulde,
the NETIF_F_RX_UDP_TUNNEL_PORT feature bit is added automatically
by stack when ndo_udp_tunnel_add is not null in dev->netdev_ops.
This patch removes the add/del_tunnel_udp related function, for
we do not support this feature now.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When hns3_init_mac_addr is called during reset process, it will
get the mac address from NCL_CONFIG and set it to hardware. If
user has changed the mac address, then the mac address set by
user is lost during resetting.
This patch fixes it by not getting the mac address from NCL_CONFIG
when resetting.
Fixes: 424eb834a9 ("net: hns3: Unified HNS3 {VF|PF} Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A well timed kernel preemption in the time_after() loop
in wait_for_idle() can result in a spurious timeout
error to be returned.
Fix it by using readl_poll_timeout() which takes care of
this issue.
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add check of coalescing parameters received through ethtool are within
range of values supported by the HW.
Driver gets the coalescing rx/tx-usecs and rx/tx-frames as set by the
users through ethtool. The ethtool support up to 32 bit value for each.
However, mlx4 modify cq limits the coalescing time parameter and
coalescing frames parameters to 16 bits.
Return out of range error if user tries to set these parameters to
higher values.
Change type of sample-interval and adaptive_rx_coal parameters in mlx4
driver to u32 as the ethtool holds them as u32 and these parameters are
not limited due to mlx4 HW.
Fixes: c27a02cd94 ('mlx4_en: Add driver for Mellanox ConnectX 10GbE NIC')
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend the boolean interpretation of msi_x module parameter
to numerical, as follows:
0 - Don't use MSI-X.
1 - Use MSI-X, driver decides the num of MSI-X irqs.
>=2 - Use MSI-X, limit number of MSI-X irqs to msi_x.
In SRIOV, this limits the number of MSI-X irqs per VF.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Cc: Ajaykumar Hotchandani <ajaykumar.hotchandani@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Ajaykumar Hotchandani <ajaykumar.hotchandani@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement suspend/resume callbacks in struct pci_driver.
Signed-off-by: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If supported, write a driver version string to FW as part of the
INIT_HCA command.
Example of driver version: "Linux,mlx4_core,4.0-0"
Signed-off-by: Eran Ben Elisha <eranbe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
copy mbox size to adapter instances of PF0-3 to avoid
mbox log overflow. This fixes the possible protection
fault.
Fixes: baf5086840 ("cxgb4: restructure VF mgmt code")
Signed-off-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
firmware expects HMA memory to be zeroed, use __GFP_ZERO
for HMA memory allocation.
Fixes: 8b4e6b3ca2 ("cxgb4: Add HMA support")
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 29a5dcae27 ("nfp: flower: offload phys port MTU change") we
take encapsulation headroom into account when calculating the max allowed
MTU. This is unnecessary as the max MTU advertised by firmware should have
already accounted for encap headroom.
Subtracting headroom twice brings the max MTU below what's necessary for
some deployments.
Fixes: 29a5dcae27 ("nfp: flower: offload phys port MTU change")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A previous commit 4609adc271 ("qede: Fix qedr link update")
added a flow that could allocate rdma event objects from an
interrupt path (link notification). Therefore the kzalloc call
should be done with GFP_ATOMIC.
fixes: 4609adc271 ("qede: Fix qedr link update")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If qede driver was loaded on a device configured for iWARP
the l2 mutex wouldn't be allocated, and some l2 related
resources wouldn't be freed.
fixes: c851a9dc43 ("qed: Introduce iWARP personality")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kalderon <Michal.Kalderon@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds support for U32 filter by using an HW only feature called
Flexible RX Parser. This allow us to match any given packet field with a
pattern and accept/reject or even route the packet to a specific DMA
channel.
Right now we only support acception or rejection of frame and we only
support simple rules. Though, the Parser has the flexibility of jumping to
specific rules as an if condition so complex rules can be established.
This is only supported in GMAC5.10+.
The following commands can be used to test this code:
1) Setup an ingress qdisk:
# tc qdisc add dev eth0 handle ffff: ingress
2) Setup a filter (e.g. filter by IP):
# tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: protocol ip u32 match ip \
src 192.168.0.3 skip_sw action drop
In every tests performed we always used the "skip_sw" flag to make sure
only the RX Parser was involved.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vitor Soares <soares@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support of hardware rx-vlan-offload to VF driver.
VF uses mailbox to convey PF to configure the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
mlx5 core driver misc cleanups and updates:
- fix spelling mistake: "modfiy" -> "modify"
- Cleanup unused field in Work Queue parameters
- dump_command mailbox length printed
- Refactor num of blocks in mailbox calculation
- Decrease level of prints about non-existent MKEY
- remove some extraneous spaces in indentations
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJa8Lh4AAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+0gwH/1nJwrnIfFkFgjgN6TzNFhIW
P2P1FwkuwiAiOnrJOr+r1VX17BSSsjZ9cBxd2jRZOHqVbrLfhS5vkY5Lul9wWOdu
u8h8JvL1qXCAqilxH+SLeKyZYjDVTIDreUIOFXuuthcz+HcF41NbvzM/9WsVj9kQ
cx8ineozMrx85PxSxJIKTvsNpaJc0A0GR1+tKKn3R8djgID8BpCAgXjW3XCJ/Ou9
CoPscduksdLJ6enjqI0JZPZljgi+l4D33819Mqz1yeGpCLFATRaEXe6rLQO0U+zD
n1vSZytgBvdpmADUdnCLL9BssWISIjZQzzCIjQxoSERTKFFKMtTCGRMqJXgOS7Y=
=2Lzw
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2018-05-07' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mellanox/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2018-05-07
mlx5 core driver misc cleanups and updates:
- fix spelling mistake: "modfiy" -> "modify"
- Cleanup unused field in Work Queue parameters
- dump_command mailbox length printed
- Refactor num of blocks in mailbox calculation
- Decrease level of prints about non-existent MKEY
- remove some extraneous spaces in indentations
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some BPF capabilities carry no value, they simply indicate feature
is present. Our capability parsing loop will exit early if last
capability is zero-length because it's looking for more than 8 bytes
of data (8B is our TLV header length). Allow the last capability to
be zero-length.
This bug would lead to driver failing to probe with the following error
if the last capability FW advertises is zero-length:
nfp: BPF capabilities left after parsing, parsed:92 total length:100
nfp: invalid BPF capabilities at offset:92
Note the "parsed" and "length" values are 8 apart.
No shipping FW runs into this issue, but we can't guarantee that will
remain the case.
Fixes: 77a844ee65 ("nfp: bpf: prepare for parsing BPF FW capabilities")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
BPF has access to all internal FW datapath structures. Including
the structure containing RX queue selection. With little coordination
with the datapath we can let the offloaded BPF select the RX queue.
We just need a way to tell the datapath that queue selection has already
been done and it shouldn't overwrite it. Define a bit to tell datapath
BPF already selected a queue (QSEL_SET), if the selected queue is not
enabled (>= number of enabled queues) datapath will perform normal RSS.
BPF queue selection on the NIC can be used to replace standard
datapath RSS with fully programmable BPF/XDP RSS.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
We don't actually need to check if the host mbx is ready when queuing
MAC requests, because these are not handled by a special queue which
queues up requests until the mailbox is capable of handling them.
Pull these requests outside the fm10k_host_mbx_ready() check, as it is
not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Avoid potential bugs with fm10k_add_stat_strings and
fm10k_add_ethtool_stats by using a macro to calculate the ARRAY_SIZE
when passing. This helps ensure that the size is always correct.
Note that it assumes we only pass static const fm10k_stat arrays, and
that evaluation of the argument won't have side effects.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Instead of using a fixed prefix string we setup before each call to
fm10k_add_stat_strings, modify the helper to take variadic arguments and
pass them to vsnprintf. This requires changing the fm10k_stat strings to
take % format specifiers where necessary, but the resulting code is much
simpler.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Share some of the code for setting up fm10k_stat macros by implementing
an FM10K_STAT_FIELDS macro which we can use when setting up the type
specific macros.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
We have support for accelerating macvlan devices via the
.ndo_dfwd_add_station() netdev op. These accelerated macvlan MAC
addresses are stored in the l2_accel structure, separate from the
unicast or multicast address lists.
If a VLAN is added on top of the macvlan device by the stack, traffic
will not properly flow to the macvlan. This occurs because we fail to
setup the VLANs for l2_accel MAC addresses.
In the non-offloaded case the MAC address is added to the unicast
address list, and thus the normal setup for enabling VLANs works as
expected.
We also need to add VLANs marked from .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid() into the
l2_accel MAC addresses. Otherwise, VLAN traffic will not properly be
received by the VLAN devices attached to the offloaded macvlan devices.
Fix this by adding necessary logic to setup VLANs not only for the
unicast and multicast addresses, but also the l2_accel list. We need
similar logic in dfwd_add_station, dfwd_del_station, fm10k_update_vid,
and fm10k_restore_rx_state.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Krishneil Singh <krishneil.k.singh@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since commit a92a08499b "r8169: improve runtime pm in general and
suspend unused ports" interfaces w/o link are runtime-suspended after
10s. On systems where drivers take longer to load this can lead to the
situation that the interface is runtime-suspended already when it's
initially brought up.
This shouldn't be a problem because rtl_open() resumes MAC/PHY.
However with at least one chip version the interface doesn't properly
come up, as reported here:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=199549
The vendor driver uses a delay to give certain chip versions some
time to resume before starting the PHY configuration. So let's do
the same. I don't know which chip versions may be affected,
therefore apply this delay always.
This patch was reported to fix the issue for RTL8168h.
I was able to reproduce the issue on an Asus H310I-Plus which also
uses a RTL8168h. Also in my case the patch fixed the issue.
Reported-by: Slava Kardakov <ojab@ojab.ru>
Tested-by: Slava Kardakov <ojab@ojab.ru>
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code already forwards the VF MAC address to the PF, except
in one case. If the VF driver gets a valid MAC address from the firmware
during probe time, it will not forward the MAC address to the PF,
incorrectly assuming that the PF already knows the MAC address. This
causes "ip link show" to show zero VF MAC addresses for this case.
This assumption is not correct. Newer firmware remembers the VF MAC
address last used by the VF and provides it to the VF driver during
probe. So we need to always forward the VF MAC address to the PF.
The forwarded MAC address may now be the PF assigned MAC address and so we
need to make sure we approve it for this case.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For SFP+ modules, 0xA2 page is available only when Diagnostic Monitoring
Type [Address A0h, Byte 92] is implemented. Extend bnxt_get_module_info(),
to read optical diagnostics support at offset 92(0x5c) and set eeprom_len
length to ETH_MODULE_SFF_8436_LEN (to exclude A2 page), if dianostics is
not supported.
Also in bnxt_get_module_info(), module id is read from offset 0x5e which
is not correct. It was working by accident, as offset was not effective
without setting enables flag in the firmware request. SFP module id is
present at location 0. Fix this by removing the offset and read it
from location 0.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only non-NPAR PFs need to actively check and manage unsupported link
speeds. NPAR functions and VFs do not control the link speed and
should skip the unsupported speed detection logic, to avoid warning
messages from firmware rejecting the unsupported firmware calls.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A recent change to reduce delay granularity waiting for firmware
reponse has caused a regression. With a tighter delay loop,
the driver may see the beginning part of the response faster.
The original 5 usec delay to wait for the rest of the message
is not long enough and some messages are detected as invalid.
Increase the maximum wait time from 5 usec to 20 usec. Also, fix
the debug message that shows the total delay time for the response
when the message times out. With the new logic, the delay time
is not fixed per iteration of the loop, so we define a macro to
show the total delay time.
Fixes: 9751e8e714 ("bnxt_en: reduce timeout on initial HWRM calls")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds PCI device IDs to support 25GE and 100GE card:
1. Add device id 0x0201 for HINIC 100GE dual port card.
2. Add device id 0x0200 for HINIC 25GE dual port card.
3. Macro of device id 0x1822 is modified for HINIC 25GE quad port card.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Chen <zhaochen6@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver should use pci_alloc_irq_vectors return value to correct number
of allocated vectors and napi instances. Otherwise it'll panic later
in pci_irq_vector.
Driver also should allow more than one MSI vectors to be allocated.
Error return path from pci_alloc_irq_vectors is also fixed to revert
resources in a correct sequence when error happens.
Reported-by: Long, Nicholas <nicholas.a.long@baesystems.com>
Fixes: 23ee07a ("net: aquantia: Cleanup pci functions module")
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In particular, not reporting SG forced skbs to be linear for vlan
interfaces over atlantic NIC.
With this fix it is possible to enable SG feature on device and
therefore optimize performance.
Reported-by: Ma Yuying <yuma@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds driver changes for supporting the Unified Fabric Port
(UFP). This is a new paritioning mode wherein MFW provides the set of
parameters to be used by the device such as traffic class, outer-vlan
tag value, priority type etc. Drivers receives this info via notifications
from mfw and configures the hardware accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The patch adds support for new Multi function mode wherein the traffic
classification is done based on the 802.1ad tagging and the outer vlan tag
provided by the management firmware.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The data member 'is_mf_default' is not used by the qed/qede drivers,
removing the same.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
`mf_mode' field indicates the multi-partitioning mode the device is
configured to. This method doesn't scale very well, adding a new MF mode
requires going over all the existing conditions, and deciding whether those
are needed for the new mode or not.
The patch defines a set of bit-fields for modes which are derived according
to the mode info shared by the MFW and all the configuration would be made
according to those. To add a new mode, there would be a single place where
we'll need to go and choose which bits apply and which don't.
Signed-off-by: Sudarsana Reddy Kalluru <Sudarsana.Kalluru@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflict, a CHECK was placed into an if() statement
in net-next, whilst a newline was added to that CHECK
call in 'net'. Thanks to Daniel for the merge resolution.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support setting the link speed of CN23XX-225 cards (which can do 25Gbps or
10Gbps) via ethtool_ops.set_link_ksettings.
Also fix the function assigned to ethtool_ops.get_link_ksettings to use the
new link_ksettings api completely (instead of partially via
ethtool_convert_legacy_u32_to_link_mode).
Signed-off-by: Weilin Chang <weilin.chang@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fixes the following warnings:
warning: pointer targets in passing argument 1 of
‘is_valid_ether_addr’ differ in signedness [-Wpointer-sign]
if (mac_addr && is_valid_ether_addr(mac_addr)) {
^~~~~~~~
expected ‘const u8 * {aka const unsigned char *}’ but argument
is of type ‘const char *’
static inline bool is_valid_ether_addr(const u8 *addr)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
warning: pointer targets in passing argument 2 of
‘ether_addr_copy’ differ in signedness [-Wpointer-sign]
ether_addr_copy(ndev->dev_addr, mac_addr);
^~~~~~~~
expected ‘const u8 * {aka const unsigned char *}’ but argument
is of type ‘const char *’
static inline void ether_addr_copy(u8 *dst, const u8 *src)
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix issue where nixge_get_nvmem_address() returns a non-NULL
return value on a failed nvmem_cell_get() that causes an invalid
access when error value encoded in pointer is dereferenced.
Furthermore ensure that buffer allocated by nvmem_cell_read()
actually gets kfreed() if the function succeeds.
Fixes commit 492caffa8a ("net: ethernet: nixge: Add support for
National Instruments XGE netdev")
Reported-by: Alex Williams <alex.williams@ni.com>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <mdf@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When vortex_boomerang_interrupt() is invoked from vortex_tx_timeout() or
poll_vortex() interrupts must be disabled. This detaches the interrupt
disable logic from locking which requires patching for PREEMPT_RT.
The advantage of avoiding spin_lock_irqsave() in the interrupt handler is
minimal, but converting it removes all the extra code for callers which
come not from interrupt context.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <klassert@mathematik.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Locking is done in the same way in _vortex_interrupt() and
_boomerang_interrupt(). To prevent duplication, move the locking into the
calling vortex_boomerang_interrupt() function.
No functional change.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <klassert@mathematik.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If vp->full_bus_master_tx is set, vp->full_bus_master_rx is set as well
(see vortex_probe1()). Therefore the conditionals for the decision if
boomerang or vortex ISR is executed have the same result. Instead of
repeating the explicit conditional execution of the boomerang/vortex ISR,
move it into an own function.
No functional change.
Cc: Steffen Klassert <klassert@mathematik.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Anna-Maria Gleixner <anna-maria@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Kernel will now replace map fds with actual pointer before
calling the offload prepare. We can identify those pointers
and replace them with NFP table IDs instead of loading the
table ID in code generated for CALL instruction.
This allows us to support having the same CALL being used with
different maps.
Since we don't want to change the FW ABI we still need to
move the TID from R1 to portion of R0 before the jump.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiong Wang <jiong.wang@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Add support for the perf_event_output family of helpers.
The implementation on the NFP will not match the host code exactly.
The state of the host map and rings is unknown to the device, hence
device can't return errors when rings are not installed. The device
simply packs the data into a firmware notification message and sends
it over to the host, returning success to the program.
There is no notion of a host CPU on the device when packets are being
processed. Device will only offload programs which set BPF_F_CURRENT_CPU.
Still, if map index doesn't match CPU no error will be returned (see
above).
Dropped/lost firmware notification messages will not cause "lost
events" event on the perf ring, they are only visible via device
error counters.
Firmware notification messages may also get reordered in respect
to the packets which caused their generation.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
For asynchronous events originating from the device, like perf event
output, we need to be able to make sure that objects being referred
to by the FW message are valid on the host. FW events can get queued
and reordered. Even if we had a FW message "barrier" we should still
protect ourselves from bogus FW output.
Add a reverse-mapping hash table and record in it all raw map pointers
FW may refer to. Only record neutral maps, i.e. perf event arrays.
These are currently the only objects FW can refer to. Use RCU protection
on the read side, update side is under RTNL.
Since program vs map destruction order is slightly painful for offload
simply take an extra reference on all the recorded maps to make sure
they don't disappear.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Quentin Monnet <quentin.monnet@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in netdev_warn warning message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Remove the 'linear' field from struct mlx5_wq_param.
It is redundant, set but never read.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Dump command mailbox length printed was correct only if data_only flag
was set. For the case that data_only flag was clear the offset to stop
printing at was wrong and so the buffer printed was too short.
Changed the print loop to stop according to number of buffers in
mailbox.
Fixes: e126ba97db ("mlx5: Add driver for Mellanox Connect-IB adapters")
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Get the logic that calculates the number of blocks in a command mailbox
into a dedicated function.
Signed-off-by: Moshe Shemesh <moshe@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
User-controlled application can cause multiple prints as below to flood
dmesg. Since knowledge of failed MKey release is important for debug,
let's decrease its level to debug.
mlx5_core 0000:00:04.0: mlx5_core_destroy_mkey:127:(pid 2352): failed
radix tree delete of mkey 0x1ed700
Reported-by: Noa Osherovich <noaos@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Currently, skb->len and skb->data_len are set to the page size, not
the packet size. This causes the frame check sequence to not be
located at the "end" of the packet resulting in ethernet frame check
errors. The driver does work currently, but stricter kernel facing
networking solutions like OpenVSwitch will drop these packets as
invalid.
These changes set the packet size correctly so that these errors no
longer occur. The length does not include the frame check sequence, so
that subtraction was removed.
Tested on Oracle/SUN Multithreaded 10-Gigabit Ethernet Network
Controller [108e:abcd] and validated in wireshark.
Signed-off-by: Rob Taglang <rob@taglang.io>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tg3_free_consistent() calls dma_free_coherent() to free tp->hw_stats
under spinlock and can trigger BUG_ON() in vunmap() because vunmap()
may sleep. Fix it by removing the spinlock and relying on the
TG3_FLAG_INIT_COMPLETE flag to prevent race conditions between
tg3_get_stats64() and tg3_free_consistent(). TG3_FLAG_INIT_COMPLETE
is always cleared under tp->lock before tg3_free_consistent()
and therefore tg3_get_stats64() can safely access tp->hw_stats
under tp->lock if TG3_FLAG_INIT_COMPLETE is set.
Fixes: f5992b72eb ("tg3: Fix race condition in tg3_get_stats64().")
Reported-by: Zumeng Chen <zumeng.chen@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While trying to support CHECKSUM_COMPLETE for IPV6 fragments,
I had to experiments various hacks in get_fixed_ipv6_csum().
I must admit I could not find how to implement this :/
However, get_fixed_ipv6_csum() does a lot of redundant operations,
calling csum_partial() twice.
First csum_partial() computes the checksum of saddr and daddr,
put in @csum_pseudo_hdr. Undone later in the second csum_partial()
computed on whole ipv6 header.
Then nexthdr is added once, added a second time, then substracted.
payload_len is added once, then substracted.
Really all this can be reduced to two add_csum(), to add back 6 bytes
that were removed by mlx4 when providing hw_checksum in RX descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 3365711df0 ("sh_eth: WARN on access to a register not implemented
in a particular chip") added WARN_ON() to sh_eth_{read|write}() but not
to sh_eth_tsu_{read|write}(). Now that we've routed almost all TSU register
accesses (except TSU_ADR{H|L}<n> -- which are special) thru the latter
pair of accessors, it makes sense to check for the unimplemented TSU
registers as well...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no particularly good reason TSU_POST<n> registers get accessed
circumventing sh_eth_tsu_{read|write}() -- start using those, removing
(badly named) sh_eth_tsu_get_post_reg_offset(), while at it...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in DP_NOTICE message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following patch enables sending notifications also for events on FDB
entries that weren't added by the user. Give the drivers the information
necessary to distinguish between the two origins of FDB entries.
To maintain the current behavior, have switchdev-implementing drivers
bail out on notifications about non-user-added FDB entries. In case of
mlxsw driver, allow a call to mlxsw_sp_span_respin() so that SPAN over
bridge catches up with the changed FDB.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check number of CQEs for CQE version 2 reported by QUERY_AQ_CAP command.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use previously added resources to query FW support for multiple versions
of CQEs. Use the biggest version supported. For SDQs, it has no sense to
use version 2 as it does not introduce any new features, but it is
twice the size of CQE version 1.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce definitions of fields in CQE version 1 and 2. Also, introduce
common helpers that would call appropriate version-specific helpers
according to the version enum passed.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add resources that FW uses to report supported CQE versions.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in netdev_err error message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change t4fw_version.h to update latest firmware version
number to 1.19.1.0.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch is basically the same as 6e74d1749a ("r8152: replace
get_protocol with vlan_get_protocol"). Use vlan_get_protocol
instead of duplicating the functionality.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Interpreting a member of an u16 array as u32 may result in a misaligned
access. Also it's not really intuitive to define a mac address variable
as array of three u16 words. Therefore use an array of six bytes that
is properly aligned for 32 bit access.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some chips have a non-zero function id, however instead of hardcoding
the id's (CSIAR_FUNC_NIC and CSIAR_FUNC_NIC2) we can get them
dynamically via PCI_FUNC(pci_dev->devfn). This way we can get rid
of the csi_ops.
In general csi is just a fallback mechanism for PCI config space
access in case no native access is supported. Therefore let's
try native access first.
I checked with Realtek regarding the functionality of config space
byte 0x070f and according to them it controls the L0s/L1
entrance latency.
Currently ASPM is disabled in general and therefore this value
isn't used. However we may introduce a whitelist for chips
where ASPM is known to work, therefore let's keep this code.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only two places are left where rtl_generic_op() is used, so we can
inline it and simplify the code a little.
This change also avoids the overhead of unlocking/locking in case
the respective operation isn't set.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some longer if statements can be simplified by using switch
statements instead.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several switch statements can be significantly simplified by using
case ranges.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After merging r810x_pll_power_down/up and r8168_pll_power_down/up we
don't need member pll_power_ops any longer and can drop it, thus
simplifying the code.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
r810x_pll_power_down/up and r8168_pll_power_down/up have a lot in common,
so we can simplify the code by merging the former into the latter.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The functionality of 810x_phy_power_up/down is covered by the default
clause in 8168_phy_power_up/down. Therefore we don't need these
functions.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RTL_GIGA_MAC_VER_23/24 are configured by rtl_hw_start_8168cp_2()
and rtl_hw_start_8168cp_3() respectively which both apply
CPCMD_QUIRK_MASK, thus clearing bit ASF.
Bit ASF isn't set at any other place in the driver, therefore this
check can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use disable_irq_nosync() instead of disable_irq() as this might be
called in atomic context with netpoll.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently do not perform accounting in the driver and thus can't
reject routes before resources are exceeded.
However, in order to make users aware of the fact that routes are no
longer offloaded we can return an error for routes configured after the
abort mechanism was triggered.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 9776d32537 ("net: Move call_fib_rule_notifiers up in
fib_nl_newrule") it is possible to forbid the installation of
unsupported FIB rules.
Have mlxsw return an error for non-default FIB rules in addition to the
existing extack message.
Example:
# ip rule add from 198.51.100.1 table 10
Error: mlxsw_spectrum: FIB rules not supported.
Note that offload is only aborted when non-default FIB rules are already
installed and merely replayed during module initialization.
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add device id's 0x5019, 0x501a and 0x501b for T5
cards.
Signed-off-by: Ganesh Goudar <ganeshgr@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the quest to remove all stack VLAs from the kernel[1], this switches
the "status" stack buffer to use the existing small (8) upper bound on
how many queues can be checked for DMA, and adds a sanity-check just to
make sure it doesn't operate under pathological conditions.
[1] http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In dual_mac mode packets arrived on one port should not be forwarded by
switch hw to another port. Only Linux Host can forward packets between
ports. The below test case (reported in [1]) shows that packet arrived on
one port can be leaked to anoter (reproducible with dual port evms):
- connect port 1 (eth0) to linux Host 0 and run tcpdump or Wireshark
- connect port 2 (eth1) to linux Host 1 with vlan 1 configured
- ping <IPx> from Host 1 through vlan 1 interface.
ARP packets will be seen on Host 0.
Issue happens because dual_mac mode is implemnted using two vlans: 1 (Port
1+Port 0) and 2 (Port 2+Port 0), so there are vlan records created for for
each vlan. By default, the ALE will find valid vlan record in its table
when vlan 1 tagged packet arrived on Port 2 and so forwards packet to all
ports which are vlan 1 members (like Port.
To avoid such behaviorr the ALE VLAN ID Ingress Check need to be enabled
for each external CPSW port (ALE_PORTCTLn.VID_INGRESS_CHECK) so ALE will
drop ingress packets if Rx port is not VLAN member.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NIC firmware does not support disabling rx vlan offload, but the VF driver
incorrectly indicates that it is supported. The PF driver already does the
correct indication by clearing the NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_RX bit in its
netdev->hw_features. So just do the same thing in the VF.
Signed-off-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Prasad Kanneganti <prasad.kanneganti@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware requires that the ttl value for an encapsulating ipv4 tunnel
header be included as an action field. Prior to the support of Geneve
tunnel encap (when ttl set was removed completely), ttl value was
extracted from the tunnel key. However, tests have shown that this can
still produce a ttl of 0.
Fix the issue by setting the namespace default value for each new tunnel.
Follow up patch for net-next will do a full route lookup.
Fixes: 3ca3059dc3 ("nfp: flower: compile Geneve encap actions")
Fixes: b27d6a95a7 ("nfp: compile flower vxlan tunnel set actions")
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because the current statistics for size 8192~12287 are only valid for GE,
the ranges of 8192~9216 and 9217~12287 are valid only for LGE/CGE, and are
always 0 for GE interfaces. it is easy to cause confusion when viewing the
packet statistics using the command ethtool -S.
This patch removes the 8192~12287 range of packet statistics and uses the
8192~9216 and 9217~12287 ranges for statistics. This change depends on the
firmware upgrade.
Signed-off-by: Xi Wang <wangxi11@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two level of vlan tables in hardware, one is port vlan
which is shared by all functions, the other one is function
vlan table, each function has it's own function vlan table.
Currently, PF sets the port vlan table, and vf sets the function
vlan table, which will cause packet lost problem.
This patch fixes this problem by setting both vlan table, and
use hdev->vlan_table to manage thet port vlan table.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If head has invlid value then a dead loop can be triggered in
hclge_cmd_csq_clean. This patch adds sanity check for this case.
Fixes: 68c0a5c706 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 IMP(Integrated Mgmt Proc) Cmd
Interface Support")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a check to support autoneg(ethtool -A) only when PHY
is attached with the port.
Fixes: e2cb1dec97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 VF HCL(Hardware Compatibility
Layer) Support")
Signed-off-by: Fuyun Liang <liangfuyun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When phy exists, phy_addr must less than PHY_MAX_ADDR.
If not, hclge_mac_mdio_config should return error.
And for fiber(phy_addr=0xff), it does not need hclge_mac_mdio_config.
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes some of the missed error legs in the initialization
function of the ae device. This might cause leaks in case of failure.
Fixes: 46a3df9f97 ("net: hns3: Add HNS3 Acceleration Engine & Compatibility Layer
Support")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the handling of the check when number of vports
are detected to be more than available TPQs. Current handling causes
an out of bounds access in hclge_map_tqp().
Fixes: 7df7dad633 ("net: hns3: Refactor the mapping of tqp to vport")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the function being used to fetch L4
protocol outer header. Mistakenly skb_inner_transport_header
API was being used earlier.
Fixes: 76ad4f0ee7 ("net: hns3: Add support of HNS3 Ethernet Driver for hip08 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Huazhong Tan <tanhuazhong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When mac supports DCB, but is in GE mode, it does not support
querying pfc stats, firmware returns error when trying to
query the pfc stats. this creates a lot of noise in the kernel
log when it prints the error log.
This patch fixes it by removing the error log, because it already
return the error to the user space, so the user should be aware of
the error.
Signed-off-by: Yunsheng Lin <linyunsheng@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Li <lipeng321@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: Salil Mehta <salil.mehta@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
trivial fix to spelling mistake in mlx4_warn message.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the Meson-AXG SoC, the phy mode setting of PRG_ETH0 in the glue layer
is extended from bit[0] to bit[2:0].
There is no problem if we configure it to the RGMII 1000M PHY mode,
since the register setting is coincidentally compatible with previous one,
but for the RMII 100M PHY mode, the configuration need to be changed to
value - b100.
This patch was verified with a RTL8201F 100M ethernet PHY.
Signed-off-by: Yixun Lan <yixun.lan@amlogic.com>
Acked-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add statistics for rare TLS related errors.
Since the errors are rare we have a counter per netdev
rather then per SQ.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the TLS tx offload data path according to the
requirements of the TLS generic NIC offload infrastructure.
Special metadata ethertype is used to pass information to
the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add NETIF_F_HW_TLS_TX capability and expose tlsdev_ops to work with the
TLS generic NIC offload infrastructure.
The NETIF_F_HW_TLS_TX capability will be added in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add routines for manipulating TLS TX offload contexts.
In Innova TLS, TLS contexts are added or deleted
via a command message over the SBU connection.
The HW then sends a response message over the same connection.
Add implementation for Innova TLS (FPGA-based) hardware.
These routines will be used by the TLS offload support in a later patch
mlx5/accel is a middle acceleration layer to allow mlx5e and other ULPs
to work directly with mlx5_core rather than Innova FPGA or other mlx5
acceleration providers.
In the future, when IPSec/TLS or any other acceleration gets integrated
into ConnectX chip, mlx5/accel layer will provide the integrated
acceleration, rather than the Innova one.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The defines are not IPSEC specific.
Signed-off-by: Ilya Lesokhin <ilyal@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Pismenny <borisp@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
40GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-04-30
This series contains updates to i40e and i40evf only.
Jia-Ju Bai replaces an instance of GFP_ATOMIC to GFP_KERNEL, since
i40evf is not in atomic context when i40evf_add_vlan() is called.
Jake cleans up function header comments to ensure that the function
parameter comments actually match the function parameters. Fixed a
possible overflow error in the PTP clock code. Fixed warnings regarding
restricted __be32 type usage.
Mariusz fixes the reading of the LLDP configuration, which moves from
using relative values to calculating the absolute address.
Jakub adds a check for 10G LR mode for i40e.
Paweł fixes an issue, where changing the MTU would turn on TSO, GSO and
GRO.
Alex fixes a couple of issues with the UDP tunnel filter configuration.
First being that the tunnels did not have mutual exclusion in place to
prevent a race condition between a user request to add/remove a port and
an update. The second issue was we were deleting filters that were not
associated with the actual filter we wanted to delete.
Harshitha ensures that the queue map sent by the VF is taken into
account when enabling/disabling queues in the VF VSI.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When handling mirroring to a gretap or ip6gretap netdevice in mlxsw, the
underlay address (i.e. the remote address of the tunnel) may be routed
to a bridge.
In that case, look up the resolved neighbor Ethernet address in that
bridge's FDB. Then configure the offload to direct the mirrored traffic
to that port, possibly with tagging.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes to switchdev artifact can make a SPAN entry offloadable or
unoffloadable. To that end:
- Listen to SWITCHDEV_FDB_*_TO_BRIDGE notifications in addition to
the *_TO_DEVICE ones, to catch whatever activity is sent to the
bridge (likely by mlxsw itself).
On each FDB notification, respin SPAN to reconcile it with the FDB
changes.
- Also respin on switchdev port attribute changes (which currently
covers changes to STP state of ports) and port object additions and
removals.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since switchdev events can trigger SPAN respin, it is necessary that the
data structures are available. Register SPAN first, with a commentary on
what the dependencies are.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Publish the existing function mlxsw_sp_bridge_port_find(), and add
another service accessor mlxsw_sp_bridge_port_stp_state(). Publish both
in a new file spectrum_switchdev.h.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of duplicating the decision regarding port forwarding state made
by mlxsw_sp_port_vid_stp_set(), extract the decision-making into a new
function and reuse.
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix warnings regarding restricted __be32 type usage by strictly
specifying the type of the ipv4 address being printed in the dev_err
statement.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The expectation of the ops VIRTCHNL_OP_ENABLE_QUEUES and
VIRTCHNL_OP_DISABLE_QUEUES is that the queue map sent by
the VF is taken into account when enabling/disabling
queues in the VF VSI. This patch makes sure that happens.
By breaking out the individual queue set up functions so
that they can be called directly from the i40e_virtchnl_pf.c
file, only the queues as specified by the queue bit map that
accompanies the enable/disable queues ops will be handled.
Signed-off-by: Harshitha Ramamurthy <harshitha.ramamurthy@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When operating at 1GbE, the base incval for the PTP clock is so large
that multiplying it by numbers close to the max_adj can overflow the
u64.
Rather than attempting to limit the max_adj to a value small enough to
avoid overflow, instead calculate the incvalue adjustment based on the
40GbE incvalue, and then multiply that by the scaling factor for the
link speed.
This sacrifices a small amount of precision in the adjustment but we
avoid erratic behavior of the clock due to the overflow caused if ppb is
very near the maximum adjustment.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This fixes at least 2 issues I have found with the UDP tunnel filter
configuration.
The first issue is the fact that the tunnels didn't have any sort of mutual
exclusion in place to prevent an update from racing with a user request to
add/remove a port. As such you could request to add and remove a port
before the port update code had a chance to respond which would result in a
very confusing result. To address it I have added 2 changes. First I added
the RTNL mutex wrapper around our updating of the pending, port, and
filter_index bits. Second I added logic so that we cannot use a port that
has a pending deletion since we need to free the space in hardware before
we can allow software to reuse it.
The second issue addressed is the fact that we were not recording the
actual filter index provided to us by the admin queue. As a result we were
deleting filters that were not associated with the actual filter we wanted
to delete. To fix that I added a filter_index member to the UDP port
tracking structure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem where each MTU change turns TSO,
GSO and GRO on from off state.
Now when TSO, GSO or GRO is turned off, MTU change does not
turn them on.
Signed-off-by: Paweł Jabłoński <pawel.jablonski@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The advertising 10G LR mode should be possible to set
but in the function i40e_set_link_ksettings() check for this
is missed. This patch adds check for 10000baseLR_Full
flag for 10G modes.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlak <jakub.pawlak@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Previous method for reading LLDP config was based on hard-coded
offsets. It happened to work, because of structured architecture of
the NVM memory. In the new approach, known as FLAT, we need to
calculate the absolute address, instead of using relative values.
Needed defines for memory location were added.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Stachura <mariusz.stachura@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Recent versions of the Linux kernel now warn about incorrect parameter
definitions for function comments. Fix up several function comments to
correctly reflect the current function arguments. This cleans up the
warnings and helps ensure our documentation is accurate.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
use helper __skb_put_zero to replace the pattern of __skb_put() && memset()
Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
i40evf_add_vlan() is never called in atomic context.
i40evf_add_vlan() is only called by i40evf_vlan_rx_add_vid(),
which is only set as ".ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid" in struct net_device_ops.
".ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid" is not called in atomic context.
Despite never getting called from atomic context,
i40evf_add_vlan() calls kzalloc() with GFP_ATOMIC,
which does not sleep for allocation.
GFP_ATOMIC is not necessary and can be replaced with GFP_KERNEL,
which can sleep and improve the possibility of sucessful allocation.
This is found by a static analysis tool named DCNS written by myself.
And I also manually check it.
Signed-off-by: Jia-Ju Bai <baijiaju1990@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The chip-specific init code includes quite some calls which are
identical for all chips. So move these calls to tp->hw_start().
In addition move rtl_set_rx_max_size() a little to make sure it's
defined before it's used. Unfortunately the diff generated by git
is a little bit hard to read.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__dev_open() calls the ndo_set_rx_mode callback anyway, so we don't
have to do it here too.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently done:
- if mac_version in (01, 02, 03, 04)
RTL_W8(tp, ChipCmd, CmdTxEnb | CmdRxEnb);
- if mac_version in (01, 02, 03, 04)
rtl_set_rx_tx_config_registers(tp);
- if mac_version not in (01, 02, 03, 04)
RTL_W8(tp, ChipCmd, CmdTxEnb | CmdRxEnb);
rtl_set_rx_tx_config_registers(tp);
So we do exactly the same independent of chip version and can simplify
the code.
In addition remove the call to rtl_init_rxcfg(), it's called in
rtl_init_one() already and the set bits are never touched later.
rtl_init_8168/8101 don't include this call either.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Both quirk masks are the same, so we can merge them. The quirk mask
includes most bits so it's actually easier to define a mask with
the bits to keep.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tp->cp_cmd is supposed to reflect the current value of the CplusCmd
register. Several (quite old) changes however directly change this
register w/o updating tp->cp_cmd. Also we have places in the code
reading this register where we could use the cached value.
In addition:
- Properly initialize tp->cmd with the register value.
- In rtl_hw_start_8169 remove one setting of PCIMulRW because it's
set unconditionally anyway a few lines later.
- In rtl_hw_start_8168 properly mask out the INTT bits before
setting INTT_1. So far we rely on both bits being zero.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__rtl8169_set_features is used in rtl8169_set_features only, so we
can inline it. In addition:
- Remove check (features ^ dev->features), __netdev_update_features
check's already that requested features differ from current ones.
- Don't mask out unsupported flags, there's no benefit in it.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RxChkSum and RxVlan aren't touched outside __rtl8169_set_features
(except in probe), so they are always in sync with dev->features.
And the RxConfig flags are set in rtl_set_rx_mode() which is
called via dev_set_rx_mode() from __dev_open().
Therefore we can safely remove this call.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in tx_fw_stat_gstrings text
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in oct_stats_strings text
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in DP_INFO message text
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enhancing driver to accept max supported queues for ethtool --set-channels
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moved common function setup_glists to lio_core.c
and reamed it to lio_setup_glists
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moving common definition octnic_gather to octeon_network.h
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moved common function delete_glists to lio_core.c
and renamed it to lio_delete_glists
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moved common function list_delete_head to octeon_network.h
and renamed it to lio_list_delete_head
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Moved common function if_cfg_callback to lio_core.c
and renamed it to lio_if_cfg_callback.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trivial fix to spelling mistake in netdev_warn warning message
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The code in the fallback path has supported XDP in conjunction with the Tx
traffic classification for TCs for over a year now. So instead of just
calling skb_tx_hash for every packet we are better off using the fallback
since that will record the Tx queue to the socket and then that can be used
instead of having to recompute the hash every time.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Owing to a missing conditional, the result of rps_may_expire_flow() was
being ignored and filters were being removed even if we'd decided not to
expire them.
Fixes: f8d6203780 ("sfc: ARFS filter IDs")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
efx->type->filter_insert() returns an ID rather than the index that
efx->type->filter_async_insert() used to, which causes it to exceed
efx->type->max_rx_ip_filters on some EF10 configurations, leading to out-
of-bounds array writes.
So, in efx_filter_rfs_work(), convert this back into an index (which is
what the remove call in the expiry path expects, anyway).
Fixes: 3af0f34290 ("sfc: replace asynchronous filter operations")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add logic to reserve default rings at driver open time if none was
reserved during probe time. This will happen when the PF driver did
not provision minimum rings to the VF, due to more limited resources.
Driver open will only succeed if some minimum rings can be reserved.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For completeness and correctness, the VF driver needs to reserve these
RSS and L2 contexts.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When rings are more limited and the PF has not provisioned minimum
guaranteed rings to the VF, do not reserve rings during driver probe.
Wait till device open before reserving rings when they will be used.
Device open will succeed if some minimum rings can be successfully
reserved and allocated.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current code does not reserve rings during ethtool -L when the device
is down. The rings will be reserved when the device is later opened.
Change it to reserve rings during ethtool -L when the device is down.
This provides a better guarantee that the device open will be successful
when the rings are reserved ahead of time.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds debugfs support for bnxt_en with the purpose of allowing users
to examine the current DIM profile in use for each receive queue. This
was instrumental in debugging issues found with DIM and ensuring that
the profiles we expect to use are the profiles being used.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Testing with DIM enabled on older kernels indicated that firmware calls
were slower than expected. More detailed analysis indicated that the
default 25us delay was higher than necessary. Reducing the time spend in
usleep_range() for the first several calls would reduce the overall
latency of firmware calls on newer Intel processors.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This keeps the RING_IDLE flag set in hardware for higher coalesce
settings by default and improved latency.
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware does not allow the operation and would return failure, causing
a warning in dmesg. So check for VF and disallow it in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add counters to display sum of rx/tx_discard_pkts of all rings as
function level statistics via ethtool.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace switch statements printing different messages for every ring type
with a common message.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Older firmware will reject this call and cause an error message to
be printed by the VF driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Firmware messages that are forwarded from PF to VFs are encapsulated.
The size of these encapsulated messages must not exceed the maximum
defined message size. Add appropriate checks to avoid oversize
messages. Firmware messages may be expanded in future specs and
this will provide some guardrails to avoid data corruption.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initially, the MQPRIO TCs are mapped 1:1 directly to the hardware
queues. Some of these hardware queues are configured to be lossless.
When PFC is enabled on one of more TCs, we now need to remap the
TCs that have PFC enabled to the lossless hardware queues.
After remapping, we need to close and open the NIC for the new
mapping to take effect. We also need to reprogram all ETS parameters.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current driver maps MQPRIO traffic classes directly 1:1 to the
internal hardware queues (TC0 maps to hardware queue 0, etc). This
direct mapping requires the internal hardware queues to be reconfigured
from lossless to lossy and vice versa when necessary. This
involves reconfiguring internal buffer thresholds which is
disruptive and not always reliable.
Implement a new scheme to map TCs to internal hardware queues by
matching up their PFC requirements. This will eliminate the need
to reconfigure a hardware queue internal buffers at run time. After
remapping, the NIC is closed and opened for the new TC to hardware
queues to take effect.
This patch only adds the basic mapping logic.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJa4ixLAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+PB0IAKlexiYEyID3N3cvG/I0m4Zh
yxIN4H8sUu3kz7dG6dkvpL5Oo5c43/huE+tspOYfFmydMWvOV+DakwqAhkE+KUfe
VIpF0cM7+T8Els8e7OzuT0Zu5ggeN1wU0uPRhAn1F592BH0ppXGBn8WIKTffYb8c
5XeB2JSZyw4yMgk1zurm4tVtFvHbYO7SAkLZZG5E0m7EeIujVWi1lTnhXNi9zdm/
48LoLZ/1Rmx0e/Qpey2fm9HEPRPTgCNSBLEsx2hIDiJG56YyWPH6+N7U9Acf2PaI
lKu2JMqLYe3du8hhPtCbPYH0i74af/LbNCQgXXgPstAI49v+MydlBcv2NX9J6NY=
=nw/Q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-fixes-2018-04-25' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
Mellanox, mlx5 fixes 2018-04-26
This pull request includes fixes for mlx5 core and netdev driver.
Please pull and let me know if there's any problems.
For -stable v4.12
net/mlx5e: TX, Use correct counter in dma_map error flow
For -stable v4.13
net/mlx5: Avoid cleaning flow steering table twice during error flow
For -stable v4.14
net/mlx5e: Allow offloading ipv4 header re-write for icmp
For -stable v4.15
net/mlx5e: DCBNL fix min inline header size for dscp
For -stable v4.16
net/mlx5: Fix mlx5_get_vector_affinity function
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After many years of having a ~30 line copyright and license header to our
source files, we are finally able to reduce that to one line with the
advent of the SPDX identifier.
Also caught a few files missing the SPDX license identifier, so fixed
them up.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Acked-by: Shannon Nelson <shannon.nelson@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When IGMP snooping is enabled on a bridge, traffic forwarded by an MDB
entry should be sent to both ports member in the MDB's ports list and
mrouter ports.
In case a port needs to be removed from an MDB's ports list, but this
port is also configured as an mrouter port, then do not update the
device so that it will continue to forward traffic through that port.
Fix a copy-paste error that checked that IGMP snooping is enabled twice
instead of checking the port's mrouter state.
Fixes: ded711c87a ("mlxsw: spectrum_switchdev: Consider mrouter status for mdb changes")
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Reported-by: Colin King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Nogah Frankel <nogahf@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Support ndo_get_stats64 instead of ndo_get_stats. Also add stats for
multicast and broadcast packets.
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Nalla <pradeep.nalla@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support the next patch in this series which has code that calls
octnet_get_link_stats from two different .c files, move that function (and
its dependency octnet_nic_stats_callback) to lio_core.c. Remove
octnet_get_link_stats's static declaration and add its function prototype
in octeon_network.h.
Signed-off-by: Pradeep Nalla <pradeep.nalla@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Raghu Vatsavayi <raghu.vatsavayi@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While adding the DSA notifier, we will be sending DSA notifications with
info->master that is going to point to a particular net_device instance.
Our logic in bcm_sysport_map_queues() correctly disambiguates net_device
instances that are not covered by our own driver, but it will not make
sure that info->master points to a particular driver instance that we
are interested in. In a system where e.g: two or more SYSTEMPORT
instances are registered, this would lead in programming two or more
times the queue mapping, completely messing with the logic which does
the queue/port allocation and tracking.
Fix this by looking at the notifier_block pointer which is unique per
instance and allows us to go back to our driver private structure, and
in turn to the backing net_device instance.
Fixes: d156576362 ("net: systemport: Establish lower/upper queue mapping")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell's PPv2.2 IP needs an additional clock named "MG Core clock".
This is required on Armada 7K and 8K.
This commit adds the required clock in mvpp2, making sure it's only
used on PPv2.2.
Fixes: c7e92def1e ("clk: mvebu: cp110: Fix clock tree representation")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When clk_prepare_enable fails for the axi_clk, the mg_clk isn't properly
cleaned up. Add another jump label to handle that case, and make sure we
jump to it in the later error cases.
Fixes: 4792ea04bc ("net: mvpp2: Fix clock resource by adding an optional bus clock")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For very very old generation of the management FW Ethernet port
information table may theoretically not be available. This in
turn will cause the nfp_port structures to not be allocated.
Make sure we don't crash the kernel when there is no eth_tbl:
RIP: 0010:nfp_net_pci_probe+0xf2/0xb40 [nfp]
...
Call Trace:
nfp_pci_probe+0x6de/0xab0 [nfp]
local_pci_probe+0x47/0xa0
work_for_cpu_fn+0x1a/0x30
process_one_work+0x1de/0x3e0
Found while working with broken/development version of management FW.
Fixes: a5950182c0 ("nfp: map mac_stats and vf_cfg BARs")
Fixes: 93da7d9660 ("nfp: provide nfp_port to of nfp_net_get_mac_addr()")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-04-27
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add extensive BPF helper description into include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
and a new script bpf_helpers_doc.py which allows for generating a
man page out of it. Thus, every helper in BPF now comes with proper
function signature, detailed description and return code explanation,
from Quentin.
2) Migrate the BPF collect metadata tunnel tests from BPF samples over
to the BPF selftests and further extend them with v6 vxlan, geneve
and ipip tests, simplify the ipip tests, improve documentation and
convert to bpf_ntoh*() / bpf_hton*() api, from William.
3) Currently, helpers that expect ARG_PTR_TO_MAP_{KEY,VALUE} can only
access stack and packet memory. Extend this to allow such helpers
to also use map values, which enabled use cases where value from
a first lookup can be directly used as a key for a second lookup,
from Paul.
4) Add a new helper bpf_skb_get_xfrm_state() for tc BPF programs in
order to retrieve XFRM state information containing SPI, peer
address and reqid values, from Eyal.
5) Various optimizations in nfp driver's BPF JIT in order to turn ADD
and SUB instructions with negative immediate into the opposite
operation with a positive immediate such that nfp can better fit
small immediates into instructions. Savings in instruction count
up to 4% have been observed, from Jakub.
6) Add the BPF prog's gpl_compatible flag to struct bpf_prog_info
and add support for dumping this through bpftool, from Jiri.
7) Move the BPF sockmap samples over into BPF selftests instead since
sockmap was rather a series of tests than sample anyway and this way
this can be run from automated bots, from John.
8) Follow-up fix for bpf_adjust_tail() helper in order to make it work
with generic XDP, from Nikita.
9) Some follow-up cleanups to BTF, namely, removing unused defines from
BTF uapi header and renaming 'name' struct btf_* members into name_off
to make it more clear they are offsets into string section, from Martin.
10) Remove test_sock_addr from TEST_GEN_PROGS in BPF selftests since
not run directly but invoked from test_sock_addr.sh, from Yonghong.
11) Remove redundant ret assignment in sample BPF loader, from Wang.
12) Add couple of missing files to BPF selftest's gitignore, from Anders.
There are two trivial merge conflicts while pulling:
1) Remove samples/sockmap/Makefile since all sockmap tests have been
moved to selftests.
2) Add both hunks from tools/testing/selftests/bpf/.gitignore to the
file since git should ignore all of them.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When deleting a flow counter, the modify mask should be the action and
the flow counter. Otherwise the flow counter is not deleted and we'll
get a firmware warning when deleting the remaining destinations on the
same FTE.
It only happens in the presence of flow counter and multiple vport
destinations. If there is only one vport destination, there is no
need to update the FTE when deleting the only vport destination,
we just delete the FTE.
Fixes: ae05831424 ("net/mlx5: Add option to add fwd rule with counter")
Signed-off-by: Chris Mi <chrism@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
After the cited commit, WQE RQ size is calculated based on sw_mtu but it
was not set for representors. This commit fixes that.
Fixes: 472a1e44b3 ("net/mlx5e: Save MTU in channels params")
Signed-off-by: Shahar Klein <shahark@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When we fail to initialize the RX root namespace, we need
to clean only that and not the entire flow steering.
Currently the code may try to clean the flow steering twice
on error witch leads to null pointer deference.
Make sure we clean correctly.
Fixes: fba53f7b57 ("net/mlx5: Introduce mlx5_flow_steering structure")
Signed-off-by: Talat Batheesh <talatb@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Bloch <markb@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
In case of a dma_mapping_error, do not use wi->num_dma
as a parameter for dma unmap function because it's yet
to be set, and holds an out-of-date value.
Use actual value (local variable num_dma) instead.
Fixes: 34802a42b3 ("net/mlx5e: Do not modify the TX SKB")
Fixes: e586b3b0ba ("net/mlx5: Ethernet Datapath files")
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When the trust state is set to dscp and the netdev is down, the inline
header size is not updated. When netdev is up, the inline header size
stays at L2 instead of IP.
Fix this issue by updating the private parameter when the netdev is in
down so that when netdev is up, it picks up the right header size.
Fixes: fbcb127e89 ("net/mlx5e: Support DSCP trust state ...")
Signed-off-by: Huy Nguyen <huyn@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
For ICMPv4, the checksum is calculated from the ICMP headers and data.
Since the ICMPv4 checksum doesn't cover the IP header, we can allow to
do L3 header re-write for this protocol.
Fixes: bdd66ac0ae ('net/mlx5e: Disallow TC offloading of unsupported match/action combinations')
Signed-off-by: Jianbo Liu <jianbol@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
1GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-04-25
This series enables some ethtool and tc-flower filters to be offloaded
to igb-based network controllers. This is useful when the system
configuration wants to steer kinds of traffic to a specific hardware
queue for i210 devices only.
The first two patch in the series are bug fixes.
The basis of this series is to export the internal API used to
configure address filters, so they can be used by ethtool, and
extending the functionality so an source address can be handled.
Then, we enable the tc-flower offloading implementation to re-use the
same infrastructure as ethtool, and storing them in the per-adapter
"nfc" (Network Filter Config?) list. But for consistency, for
destructive access they are separated, i.e. an filter added by
tc-flower can only be removed by tc-flower, but ethtool can read them
all.
Only support for VLAN Prio, Source and Destination MAC Address, and
Ethertype is enabled for now.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
10GbE Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-04-25
This series represents yet another phase of the macvlan cleanup Alex has
been working on.
The main goal of these changes is to make it so that we only support
offloading what we can actually offload and we don't break any existing
functionality. So for example we were claiming to advertise source mode
macvlan and we were doing nothing of the sort, so support for that has been
dropped.
The biggest change with this set is that broadcast/multicast replication is
no longer being supported in software. Alex dropped it as it leads to
scaling issues when a broadcast frame has to be replicated up to 64 times.
Beyond that this set goes through and optimized the time needed to bring up
and tear down the macvlan interfaces on ixgbe and provides a clean way for
us to disable the macvlan offload when needed.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are two identical nested if statements, the second is redundant
and can be removed. Also clean up white space formatting.
Cleans up cppcheck warning:
drivers/net/ethernet/amd/amd8111e.c:1080: (warning) Identical inner 'if'
condition is always true.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows filters added by tc-flower and specifying MAC addresses,
Ethernet types, and the VLAN priority field, to be offloaded to the
controller.
This reuses most of the infrastructure used by ethtool, but clsflower
filters are kept in a separated list, so they are invisible to
ethtool.
To setup clsflower offloading:
$ tc qdisc replace dev eth0 handle 100: parent root mqprio \
num_tc 3 map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 \
queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 0
(clsflower offloading depends on the netword driver to be configured
with multiple traffic classes, we use mqprio's 'num_tc' parameter to
set it to 3)
$ tc qdisc add dev eth0 ingress
Examples of filters:
$ tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: flower \
dst_mac aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa \
hw_tc 2 skip_sw
(just a simple filter filtering for the destination MAC address and
steering that traffic to queue 2)
$ tc filter add dev enp2s0 parent ffff: proto 0x22f0 flower \
src_mac cc:cc:cc:cc:cc:cc \
hw_tc 1 skip_sw
(as the i210 doesn't support steering traffic based on the source
address alone, we need to use another steering traffic, in this case
we are using the ethernet type (0x22f0) to steer traffic to queue 1)
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
If a flower rule has a repr both as ingress and egress port then 2
callbacks may be generated for the same rule request.
Add an indicator to each flow as to whether or not it was added from an
ingress registered cb. If so then ignore add/del/stat requests to it from
an egress cb.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When multiple netdevs are attached to a tc offload block and register for
callbacks, a rule added to the block will be propogated to all netdevs.
Previously these were detected as duplicates (based on cookie) and
rejected. Modify the rule nfp lookup function to optionally include an
ingress netdev and a host context along with the cookie value when
searching for a rule. When a new rule is passed to the driver, the netdev
the rule is to be attached to is considered when searching for dublicates.
When a stats update is received from HW, the host context is used
alongside the cookie to map to the correct host rule.
Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To aid debugging of performance issues caused by limited PCIe
bandwidth print the PCIe link information on probe.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NFP locks record the owner when held, for PCIe devices the owner
ID will be the PCIe link number. When driver loads it should scan
known locks and if they indicate that they are held by local
endpoint but the driver doesn't hold them - release them.
Locks can be left taken for instance when kernel gets kexec-ed or
after a crash. Management FW tries to clean up stale locks too,
but it currently depends on PCIe link going down which doesn't
always happen.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds basic functions needed to implement offloading for filters
created by tc-flower.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This adds the capability of configuring the queue steering of arriving
packets based on their source and destination MAC addresses.
Source address steering (i.e. driving traffic to a specific queue),
for the i210, does not work, but filtering does (i.e. accepting
traffic based on the source address). So, trying to add a filter
specifying only a source address will be an error.
In practical terms this adds support for the following use cases,
characterized by these examples:
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether dst aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa action 0
(this will direct packets with destination address "aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa"
to the RX queue 0)
$ ethtool -N eth0 flow-type ether src 44:44:44:44:44:44 \
proto 0x22f0 action 3
(this will direct packets with source address "44:44:44:44:44:44" and
ethertype 0x22f0 to the RX queue 3)
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This allows igb_add_filter()/igb_erase_filter() to work on filters
that include MAC addresses (both source and destination).
For now, this only exposes the functionality, the next commit glues
ethtool into this. Later in this series, these APIs are used to allow
offloading of cls_flower filters.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Users expect that when adding a steering filter for the local MAC
address, that all the traffic directed to that address will go to some
queue.
Currently, it's not possible to configure entries in the "in use"
state, which is the normal state of the local MAC address entry (it is
the default), this patch allows to override the steering configuration
of "in use" entries, if the filter to be added match the address and
address type (source or destination) of an existing entry.
There is a bit of a special handling for entries referring to the
local MAC address, when they are removed, only the steering
configuration is reset.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On some igb models (82575 and i210) the MAC address filters can
control to which queue the packet will be assigned.
This extends the 'state' with one more state to signify that queue
selection should be enabled for that filter.
As 82575 parts are no longer easily obtained (and this was developed
against i210), only support for the i210 model is enabled.
These functions are exported and will be used in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Makes it possible to direct packets to queues based on their source
address. Documents the expected usage of the 'flags' parameter.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This will allow functionality depending on the hardware being traffic
class aware to work. In particular the tc-flower offloading checks
verifies that this bit is set.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
On the RAH registers there are semantic differences on the meaning of
the "queue" parameter for traffic steering depending on the controller
model: there is the 82575 meaning, which "queue" means a RX Hardware
Queue, and the i350 meaning, where it is a reception pool.
The previous behaviour was having no effect for i210 based controllers
because the QSEL bit of the RAH register wasn't being set.
This patch separates the condition in discrete cases, so the different
handling is clearer.
Fixes: 83c21335c8 ("igb: improve MAC filter handling")
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Because the order of the parameters passes to 'hlist_add_behind()' was
inverted, the 'parent' node was added "behind" the 'input', as input
is not in the list, this causes the 'input' node to be lost.
Fixes: 0e71def252 ("igb: add support of RX network flow classification")
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The original implementation for macvlan offload has us performing a full
port reset every time we added a new macvlan. This shouldn't be necessary
and can be avoided with a few behavior changes.
This patches updates the logic for the queues so that we have essentially 3
possible configurations for macvlan offload. They consist of 15 macvlans
with 4 queues per macvlan, 31 macvlans with 2 queues per macvlan, and 63
macvlans with 1 queue per macvlan. As macvlans are added you will encounter
up to 3 total resets if you add all the way up to 63, and after that the
device will stay in the mode supporting up to 63 macvlans until the L2FW
flag is cleared.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This patch drops the real_adapter member from the fwd_adapter structure.
The general idea behind the change is that the real_adapter is carrying
unnecessary data since we could always just grab the adapter structure
from netdev_priv(macvlan->lowerdev) if we really needed to get at it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Both the ixgbe and fm10k drivers support destination filtering.
Instead of adding a ton of complexity to support either source or passthru
mode we can instead just avoid offloading them for now. Doing this we avoid
leaking packets into interfaces that aren't meant to receive them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Drop dead code now that we shouldn't be receiving broadcast or multicast
frames on the queues associated to the macvlan netdev.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change makes it so that we use a software path for packets that are
going to be locally switched between two macvlan interfaces on the same
device. In addition we resort to software replication of broadcast and
multicast packets instead of offloading that to hardware.
The general idea is that using the device for east/west traffic local to
the system is extremely inefficient. We can only support up to whatever the
PCIe limit is for any given device so this caps us at somewhere around 20G
for devices supported by ixgbe. This is compounded even further when you
take broadcast and multicast into account as a single 10G port can come to
a crawl as a packet is replicated up to 60+ times in some cases. In order
to get away from that I am implementing changes so that we handle
broadcast/multicast replication and east/west local traffic all in
software.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
This change renames the fwd_priv member to accel_priv as this more
accurately reflects the actual purpose of this value. In addition I am
adding an accessor which will allow us to further abstract this in the
future if needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Drop the code for handling macvlan specific unicast lists. It isn't needed
since we don't take any efforts to maintain it when we bring the interface
up and it takes the slow path anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Comparison instruction requires a subtraction. If the constant
is negative we are more likely to fit it into a NFP instruction
directly if we change the sign and use addition.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
There are quite a few compare instructions now, use a table
to translate BPF instruction code to NFP instruction parameters
instead of parameterizing helpers. This saves LOC and makes
future extensions easier.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
NFP instruction set can fit small immediates into the instruction.
Negative integers, however, will never fit because they will have
highest bit set. If we swap the ALU op between ADD and SUB and
negate the constant we have a better chance of fitting small negative
integers into the instruction itself and saving one or two cycles.
immed[gprB_21, 0xfffffffc]
alu[gprA_4, gprA_4, +, gprB_21], gpr_wrboth
immed[gprB_21, 0xffffffff]
alu[gprA_5, gprA_5, +carry, gprB_21], gpr_wrboth
now becomes:
alu[gprA_4, gprA_4, -, 4], gpr_wrboth
alu[gprA_5, gprA_5, -carry, 0], gpr_wrboth
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Instead of implementing our own version of a SR-IOV configuration stub in
the ena driver, use the existing pci_sriov_configure_simple() function.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Greg Rose <gvrose8192@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Swap VF representor tx and rx interface statistics since it is a
virtual switchdev port and tx for VM should be rx for VF representor
and vice-versa.
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Jampala <srinivasa.jampala@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Jeff Kirsher says:
====================
Intel Wired LAN Driver Updates 2018-04-24
This series contains fixes to ixgbevf, igb and ice drivers.
Colin Ian King fixes the return value on error for the new XDP support
that went into ixgbevf for 4.17.
Vinicius provides a fix for queue 0 for igb, which was not receiving all
the credits it needed when QAV mode was enabled.
Anirudh provides several fixes for the new ice driver, starting with
properly initializing num_nodes_added to zero. Fixed up a code comment
to better reflect what is really going on in the code. Fixed how to
detect if an OICR interrupt has occurred to a more reliable method.
Md Fahad fixes the ice driver to allocate the right amount of memory
when reading and storing the devices MAC addresses. The device can have
up to 2 MAC addresses (LAN and WoL), while WoL is currently not
supported, we need to ensure it can be properly handled when support is
added.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check port->rev_info.major >= 6 is being performed twice, thus
the inner second check is always true and is redundant, hence it
can be removed. Detected by cppcheck.
drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fman/fman_port.c:1394]: (warning)
Identical inner 'if' condition is always true.
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For the MAC read operation, the device can return up to two (LAN and WoL)
MAC addresses. Without access to adequate memory, the device will return
an error. Fixed this by allocating the right amount of memory. Also, logic
to detect and copy the LAN MAC address into the port_info structure has
been added. Note that the WoL MAC address is ignored currently as the WoL
feature isn't supported yet.
Fixes: dc49c77236 ("ice: Get MAC/PHY/link info and scheduler topology")
Signed-off-by: Md Fahad Iqbal Polash <md.fahad.iqbal.polash@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The strscpy() was a recent fix (net: qed: use correct strncpy() size) to
prevent passing the length of the source buffer to strncpy() and guarantee
null termination.
It misses the goal of overwriting only the first 3 characters in
"???_BIG_RAM" and "???_RAM" while keeping the rest of the string.
Use strncpy() with the length of 3, without null termination.
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Associate an arbitrary ID with each ARFS filter, allowing to properly query
for expiry. The association is maintained in a hash table, which is
protected by a spinlock.
v3: fix build warnings when CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL is disabled (thanks lkp-robot).
v2: fixed uninitialised variable (thanks davem and lkp-robot).
Fixes: 3af0f34290 ("sfc: replace asynchronous filter operations")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the hardware spec, checking the INTEVENT bit isn't a
reliable way to detect if an OICR interrupt has occurred. This is
because this bit can be cleared by the hardware/firmware before the
interrupt service routine has run. So instead, just check for OICR
events every time.
Fixes: 940b61af02 ("ice: Initialize PF and setup miscellaneous interrupt")
Signed-off-by: Ben Shelton <benjamin.h.shelton@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Action type 5 defines large action generic values. Fix comment to
reflect that better.
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
ice_sched_add_nodes_to_layer is used recursively, and so we start
with num_nodes_added being 0. This way, in case of an error or if
num_nodes is NULL, the function just returns 0 to indicate that no
nodes were added.
Fixes: 5513b920a4 ("ice: Update Tx scheduler tree for VSI multi-Tx queue support")
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
When Qav mode is enabled, queue 0 should be kept on Stream Reservation
mode. From the i210 datasheet, section 8.12.19:
"Note: Queue0 QueueMode must be set to 1b when TransmitMode is set to
Qav." ("QueueMode 1b" represents the Stream Reservation mode)
The solution is to give queue 0 the all the credits it might need, so
it has priority over queue 1.
A situation where this can happen is when cbs is "installed" only on
queue 1, leaving queue 0 alone. For example:
$ tc qdisc replace dev enp2s0 handle 100: parent root mqprio num_tc 3 \
map 2 2 1 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 queues 1@0 1@1 2@2 hw 0
$ tc qdisc replace dev enp2s0 parent 100:2 cbs locredit -1470 \
hicredit 30 sendslope -980000 idleslope 20000 offload 1
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@intel.com>
Tested-by: Aaron Brown <aaron.f.brown@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The current error handling for failed resource setup for xdp_ring
data is a break out of the loop and returning 0 indicated everything
was OK, when in fact it is not. Fix this by exiting via the
error exit label err_setup_tx that will clean up the resources
correctly and return and error status.
Detected by CoverityScan, CID#1466879 ("Logically dead code")
Fixes: 21092e9ce8 ("ixgbevf: Add support for XDP_TX action")
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Bowers <andrewx.bowers@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Add support for adaptive TX moderation. This greatly reduces TX interrupt
rate and increases bandwidth, mostly for TCP bandwidth over ARM
architecture (below). There is a slight single stream TCP with very large
message sizes degradation (x86). In this case if there's any moderation on
transmitted packets the bandwidth would reduce due to hitting TCP output limit.
Since this is a synthetic case, this is still worth doing.
Performance improvement (ConnectX-4Lx 40GbE, ARM)
TCP 64B bandwidth with 1-50 streams increased 6-35%.
TCP 64B bandwidth with 100-500 streams increased 20-70%.
Performance improvement (ConnectX-5 100GbE, x86)
Bandwidth: increased up to 40% (1024B with 10s of streams).
Interrupt rate: reduced up to 50% (1024B with 1000s of streams).
Performance degradation (ConnectX-5 100GbE, x86)
Bandwidth: up to 10% decrease single stream TCP (1MB message size from
51Gb/s to 47Gb/s).
Signed-off-by: Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Preparation for introducing adaptive TX to net DIM.
Signed-off-by: Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The SFP eeprom indicates the transceiver signals (Rx LOS, Tx Fault, etc.)
that it supports. Update the driver to include checking the eeprom data
when deciding whether to use a transceiver signal.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update xgbe-phy-v2.c to make use of the auto-negotiation (AN) phy hooks
to improve the ability to successfully complete Clause 73 AN when running
at 10gbps. Hardware can sometimes have issues with CDR lock when the
AN DME page exchange is being performed.
The AN and KR training hooks are used as follows:
- The pre AN hook is used to disable CDR tracking in the PHY so that the
DME page exchange can be successfully and consistently completed.
- The post KR training hook is used to re-enable the CDR tracking so that
KR training can successfully complete.
- The post AN hook is used to check for an unsuccessful AN which will
increase a CDR tracking enablement delay (up to a maximum value).
Add two debugfs entries to allow control over use of the CDR tracking
workaround. The debugfs entries allow the CDR tracking workaround to
be disabled and determine whether to re-enable CDR tracking before or
after link training has been initiated.
Also, with these changes the receiver reset cycle that is performed during
the link status check can be performed less often.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add hooks to the driver auto-negotiation (AN) flow to allow the different
phy implementations to perform any steps necessary to improve AN.
Signed-off-by: Tom Lendacky <thomas.lendacky@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Configuration information is added to the debug data collection, in
addition to register dump.
Added qed_dbg_nvm_image() that receives an image type, allocates a
buffer and reads the image. The images are saved in the buffers and the
dump size is updated.
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since nvm images attributes are cached during driver load, acquiring ptt
is not needed when calling qed_mcp_get_nvm_image().
Signed-off-by: Denis Bolotin <denis.bolotin@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Ariel Elior <ariel.elior@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move all the core version detection to a common place ("hwif.c") and
implement a table which can be used to lookup the correct callbacks for
each IP version.
This simplifies the initialization flow of each IP version and eases
future implementation of new IP versions.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vitor Soares <soares@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There's no benefit in using netif_info et al before the net_device has
been registered. We get messages like
r8169 0000:03:00.0 (unnamed net_device) (uninitialized): [message]
Therefore use dev_info/dev_err instead.
As a side effect we don't need parameter dev for function
rtl8169_get_mac_version() any longer.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Avoid using value stored in the login response buffer when
cleaning TX and RX buffer pools since these could be inconsistent
depending on the device state. Instead use the field in the driver's
private data that tracks the number of active pools.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The CPDMA_TX_PRIORITY_MAP in real is vlan pcp field priority mapping
register and basically replaces vlan pcp field for tagged packets.
So, set it to be 1:1 mapping. Otherwise, it will cause unexpected
change of egress vlan tagged packets, like prio 2 -> prio 5.
Fixes: e05107e6b7 ("net: ethernet: ti: cpsw: add multi queue support")
Reviewed-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Khoronzhuk <ivan.khoronzhuk@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-04-21
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Initial work on BPF Type Format (BTF) is added, which is a meta
data format which describes the data types of BPF programs / maps.
BTF has its roots from CTF (Compact C-Type format) with a number
of changes to it. First use case is to provide a generic pretty
print capability for BPF maps inspection, later work will also
add BTF to bpftool. pahole support to convert dwarf to BTF will
be upstreamed as well (https://github.com/iamkafai/pahole/tree/btf),
from Martin.
2) Add a new xdp_bpf_adjust_tail() BPF helper for XDP that allows
for changing the data_end pointer. Only shrinking is currently
supported which helps for crafting ICMP control messages. Minor
changes in drivers have been added where needed so they recalc
the packet's length also when data_end was adjusted, from Nikita.
3) Improve bpftool to make it easier to feed hex bytes via cmdline
for map operations, from Quentin.
4) Add support for various missing BPF prog types and attach types
that have been added to kernel recently but neither to bpftool
nor libbpf yet. Doc and bash completion updates have been added
as well for bpftool, from Andrey.
5) Proper fix for avoiding to leak info stored in frame data on page
reuse for the two bpf_xdp_adjust_{head,meta} helpers by disallowing
to move the pointers into struct xdp_frame area, from Jesper.
6) Follow-up compile fix from BTF in order to include stdbool.h in
libbpf, from Björn.
7) Few fixes in BPF sample code, that is, a typo on the netdevice
in a comment and fixup proper dump of XDP action code in the
tracepoint exception, from Wang and Jesper.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use cpumask_local_spread to provide interrupt affinity hints
for each queue. This will spread interrupts across NUMA local
CPUs first, extending to remote nodes if needed.
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There may be a need for VF driver to request PF to explicitly update its
bulletin with a MAC address.
e.g. When user assigns a MAC address to VF while VF is still down,
and PF's bulletin board contains different MAC address, in this case,
when VF's interface is brought up, it gets loaded with MAC address from
bulletin board which is not desirable.
To handle this corner case, we need a new TLV to request PF to update
its bulletin board with suggested MAC.
This request will be honored only for trusted VFs.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per existing behavior, when PF sets a MAC address for a VF
(also called as forced MAC), VF is not allowed to change its
MAC address afterwards.
This puts the limitation on few use cases such as bonding of VFs,
where bonding driver asks VF to change its MAC address.
This patch uses a VF trust mode to allow VF to change its MAC address
in spite PF has set a forced MAC for that VF.
Signed-off-by: Shahed Shaikh <shahed.shaikh@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added the ndo to gather VF statistics through the PF.
Collect VF statistics via mailbox from VF.
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for specifying system controller that configures
phy-mode setting.
According to the DT property "phy-mode", it's necessary to configure the
controller, which is used to choose the settings of the MAC suitable,
for example, mdio pin connections, internal clocks, and so on.
Supported phy-modes are SoC-dependent. The driver allows phy-mode to set
"internal" if the SoC has a built-in PHY, and {"mii", "rmii", "rgmii"}
if the SoC supports each mode. So we have to check whether the phy-mode
is valid or not.
This adds the following features for each SoC:
- check whether the SoC supports the specified phy-mode
- configure the controller accroding to phy-mode
The DT property accepts one argument to distinguish them for multiple MAC
instances.
ethernet@65000000 {
...
socionext,syscon-phy-mode = <&soc_glue 0>;
};
ethernet@65200000 {
...
socionext,syscon-phy-mode = <&soc_glue 1>;
};
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the link is becoming up for Pro4 SoC, the kernel is stalled
due to some missing clocks and resets.
The AVE block for Pro4 is connected to the GIO bus in the SoC.
Without its clock/reset, the access to the AVE register makes the
system stall.
In the same way, another MAC clock for Giga-bit Connection and
the PHY clock are also required for Pro4 to activate the Giga-bit feature
and to recognize the PHY.
To satisfy these requirements, this patch adds support for multiple clocks
and resets, and adds the clock-names and reset-names to the binding because
we need to distinguish clock/reset for the AVE main block and the others.
Also, make the resets a required property. Currently, "reset is
optional" relies on that the bootloader or firmware has deasserted
the reset before booting the kernel. Drivers should work without
such expectation.
Fixes: 4c270b55a5 ("net: ethernet: socionext: add AVE ethernet driver")
Suggested-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some firmware images, the length of BNX_DIR_TYPE_PKG_LOG nvram type
could be greater than the fixed buffer length of 4096 bytes allocated by
the driver. This was causing HWRM_NVM_READ to copy more data to the buffer
than the allocated size, causing general protection fault.
Fix the issue by allocating the exact buffer length returned by
HWRM_NVM_FIND_DIR_ENTRY, instead of 4096. Move the kzalloc() call
into the bnxt_get_pkgver() function.
Fixes: 3ebf6f0a09 ("bnxt_en: Add installed-package firmware version reporting via Ethtool GDRVINFO")
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When longer interface names are used, the action names exposed in
/proc/interrupts and /proc/irq/* maybe truncated. For example, when
using the predictable name algorithm in systemd on a HiSilicon D05,
I see:
ubuntu@d05-3:~$ grep enahisic2i0-tx /proc/interrupts | sed 's/.* //'
enahisic2i0-tx0
enahisic2i0-tx1
[...]
enahisic2i0-tx8
enahisic2i0-tx9
enahisic2i0-tx1
enahisic2i0-tx1
enahisic2i0-tx1
enahisic2i0-tx1
enahisic2i0-tx1
enahisic2i0-tx1
Increase the max ring name length to allow for an interface name
of IFNAMSIZE. After this change, I now see:
$ grep enahisic2i0-tx /proc/interrupts | sed 's/.* //'
enahisic2i0-tx0
enahisic2i0-tx1
enahisic2i0-tx2
[...]
enahisic2i0-tx8
enahisic2i0-tx9
enahisic2i0-tx10
enahisic2i0-tx11
enahisic2i0-tx12
enahisic2i0-tx13
enahisic2i0-tx14
enahisic2i0-tx15
Signed-off-by: dann frazier <dann.frazier@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add platform device driver to populate the ax88796 platform data from
information provided by the XSurf100 zorro device driver. The ax88796
module will be loaded through this module's probe function.
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The net device struct pointer is stored as platform device drvdata on
module probe - clear the drvdata entry on probe fail there, as well as
when unloading the module.
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On the Amiga X-Surf100, the network card interrupt is shared with many
other interrupt sources, so requires the IRQF_SHARED flag to register.
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To be able to tell the ax88796 driver whether it is sensible to enter
the 8390 interrupt handler, an "is this interrupt caused by the 88796"
callback has been added to the ax_plat_data structure (with NULL being
compatible to the previous behaviour).
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add platform specific hooks for block transfer reads/writes of packet
buffer data, superseding the default provided ax_block_input/output.
Currently used for m68k Amiga XSurf100.
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This complements the fix in 82533ad9a1 ("net: ethernet: ax88796:
don't call free_irq without request_irq first") that removed the
free_irq call in the error path of probe, to also not call free_irq
when remove is called to revert the effects of probe.
Fixes: 82533ad9a1 (net: ethernet: ax88796: don't call free_irq without request_irq first)
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Call ax_mii_init in ax_open(), and unregister/remove mdiobus resources
in ax_close().
This is needed to be able to unload the module, as the module is busy
while the MII bus is attached.
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To read the MAC address from the (virtual) SAprom, the remote DMA
unit needs to be set up like for every other process access to card-local
memory.
Signed-off-by: Michael Karcher <kernel@mkarcher.dialup.fu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Schmitz <schmitzmic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the prefix for fib6_info struct elements from rt6i_ to fib6_.
rt6i_pcpu and rt6i_exception_bucket are left as is given that they
point to rt6_info entries.
Rename only; not functional change intended.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch enables arm64 platform support for the HINIC driver.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Chen <zhaochen6@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ACS Feature is currently enabled for GMAC >= 4 but the llc_snap status
is never checked in descriptor rx_status callback. This will cause
stmmac to always strip packets even that ACS feature is already
stripping them.
Lets be safe and disable the ACS feature for GMAC >= 4 and always strip
the packets for this GMAC version.
Fixes: 477286b53f ("stmmac: add GMAC4 core support")
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPv2 TX/RX descriptors uses 40bits DMA addresses, but 41 bits masks were
used (GENMASK_ULL(40, 0)).
This commit fixes that by using the correct mask.
Fixes: e7c5359f2e ("net: mvpp2: introduce PPv2.2 HW descriptors and adapt accessors")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the last rmnet device attached to a real device is removed, the
real device is unregistered from rmnet. As a result, the real device
lookup fails resulting in a warning when the fill_info handler is
called as part of the rmnet device unregistration.
Fix this by returning the rmnet flags as 0 when no real device is
present.
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1779 at net/core/rtnetlink.c:3254
rtmsg_ifinfo_build_skb+0xca/0x10d
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 1779 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.16.0-11872-g7ce2367 #1
Stack:
7fe655f0 60371ea3 00000000 00000000
60282bc6 6006b116 7fe65600 60371ee8
7fe65660 6003a68c 00000000 900000000
Call Trace:
[<6006b116>] ? printk+0x0/0x94
[<6001f375>] show_stack+0xfe/0x158
[<60371ea3>] ? dump_stack_print_info+0xe8/0xf1
[<60282bc6>] ? rtmsg_ifinfo_build_skb+0xca/0x10d
[<6006b116>] ? printk+0x0/0x94
[<60371ee8>] dump_stack+0x2a/0x2c
[<6003a68c>] __warn+0x10e/0x13e
[<6003a82c>] warn_slowpath_null+0x48/0x4f
[<60282bc6>] rtmsg_ifinfo_build_skb+0xca/0x10d
[<60282c4d>] rtmsg_ifinfo_event.part.37+0x1e/0x43
[<60282c2f>] ? rtmsg_ifinfo_event.part.37+0x0/0x43
[<60282d03>] rtmsg_ifinfo+0x24/0x28
[<60264e86>] dev_close_many+0xba/0x119
[<60282cdf>] ? rtmsg_ifinfo+0x0/0x28
[<6027c225>] ? rtnl_is_locked+0x0/0x1c
[<6026ca67>] rollback_registered_many+0x1ae/0x4ae
[<600314be>] ? unblock_signals+0x0/0xae
[<6026cdc0>] ? unregister_netdevice_queue+0x19/0xec
[<6026ceec>] unregister_netdevice_many+0x21/0xa1
[<6027c765>] rtnl_delete_link+0x3e/0x4e
[<60280ecb>] rtnl_dellink+0x262/0x29c
[<6027c241>] ? rtnl_get_link+0x0/0x3e
[<6027f867>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x235/0x274
Fixes: be81a85f5f ("net: qualcomm: rmnet: Implement fill_info")
Signed-off-by: Subash Abhinov Kasiviswanathan <subashab@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
According to the chip configuration entries only RTL8169 (ver <= 06)
supports tx checksumming for jumbo packets.
By the way: constant JUMBO_1K is a little misleading because it refers
to the standard packet size and not to a jumbo packet size.
By implementing this rule we can get rid of configuring tx checksumming
support per chip type.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The region to be used is always the first of type IORESOURCE_MEM.
We can implement this rule directly w/o having to specify which
region is the first one per configuration entry.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
txd_version is used in rtl_init_one() only, so we can drop member
txd_version from struct rtl8169_private.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Certain entries in array mac_info[] are redundant, so remove them:
0x7cf, 0x2c200000 (VER 33): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x2c000000
0x7cf, 0x28300000 (VER 26): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x28000000
0x7cf, 0x3cb00000 (VER 24): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x3c800000
0x7cf, 0x3c400000 (VER 22): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x3c000000
0x7cf, 0x38500000 (VER 17): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x38000000
0x7cf, 0x44900000 (VER 39): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x44800000
0x7cf, 0x40b00000 (VER 30): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x40800000
0x7cf, 0x40a00000 (VER 30): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x40800000
0x7cf, 0x34a00000 (VER 09): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x34800000
0x7cf, 0x24a00000 (VER 09): matched by entry 0x7c8, 0x24800000
In addition don't mask out bits 30 and 29 when printing the XID.
Most likely this is a relict from the times when the driver covered
RTL8169 chip version only.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For security reasons since commit ad67b74d24 "printk: hash addresses
printed with %p" %p doesn't display the full address any longer.
We could switch to %px, but I think the pointer address doesn't
provide a real benefit, so remove printing the hashed address.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can get rid of member opts1_mask and in addition save a few cpu
cycles in the hot path of rtl_rx().
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code can be a little simplified by switching the interrupt handler
argument type to struct rtl8169_private *.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The counter handling functions don't deal with the net_device, so code
can be simplified by changing the argument type to
struct rtl8169_private *.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Code can be simplified by changing the argument type of hw_start
callbacks from struct net_device * to struct rtl8169_private *.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function is very simple and used only once, so we can inline
the two statements.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rx_buf_sz is constant, so we don't have to pass it as parameter and
in general can replace it with a constant.
When working on this I noticed that also before in
rtl_set_rx_max_size() a value of 0x4000 is set, what is not in line
with the chip spec. According to the spec only bits 0..13 are used
and we set an effective value of zero therefore.
However, the driver still seems to work and due to potential side
effects I'm reluctant to make a change.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
rtl8169_rx_fill() is called only once and directly before the call
array tp->Rx_databuff[] is filled with zero's. Therefore we don't
need this check.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This function doesn't use the net_device, therefore change the
parameter to type struct rtl8169_private * to simplify the code.
In addition we don't need the calculations in the memset
statements, we can use the size of the arrays directly.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev->dev.parent has the same value as tp_to_dev(tp)
(set by SET_NETDEV_DEV() in rtl_init_one()) and we know it can't be NULL.
This allows us to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
napi_schedule() is called from hard irq context, so we can switch to
napi_schedule_irqoff() and avoid some overhead.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can use generic constant NAPI_POLL_WAIT instead of defining an own
constant for the same value.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Not a giant leap for mankind, but let's avoid the open-coded memcpy
and use standard helper skb_copy_to_linear_data instead.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 6f0333b8fd "r8169: use 50% less ram for RX ring" member
align isn't used any longer, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Member features of struct rtl8169_private isn't used any longer since
commit 6c6aa15fde "r8169: improve interrupt handling", so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for promiscuous mode in k2g's network
driver. When upper layer instructs to transition from
non-promiscuous mode to promiscuous mode or vice versa
K2G network driver needs to configure ALE accordingly
so that in case of non-promiscuous mode, ALE will not flood
all unicast packets to host port, while in promiscuous
mode, it will pass all received unicast packets to
host port.
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds an API to support setting rx mode in
netcp modules. If a netcp module needs to be notified
when upper layer transitions from one rx mode to
another and react accordingly, such a module will implement
the new API set_rx_mode added in this patch. Currently
rx modes supported are PROMISCUOUS and NON_PROMISCUOUS
modes.
Signed-off-by: WingMan Kwok <w-kwok2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The netcp driver shouldn't proceed until the knav qmss and dma
devices are ready. So return -EPROBE_DEFER if these devices are not
ready.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As the probe sequence is not guaranteed contrary to the assumption
of the commit 2d8e276a9030, same has to be reverted.
commit 2d8e276a9030 ("net: netcp: remove dead code from the driver")
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The phy used for K2G allows for internal delays to be added optionally
to the clock circuitry based on board desing. To add this support,
enhance the driver to use of_get_phy_mode() to read the phy-mode from
the phy device and pass the same to phy through of_phy_connect().
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The stats block in 2u cpsw hardware is similar to the one on nu
and hence handle it in a similar way by using a macro that includes
2u hardware as well.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently support only vlan priority zero. So map the
vlan priorities to zero flow in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce rgmii link status to handle link state events for 2u
cpsw hardware on K2G.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2u cpsw hardware on K2G uses rgmii link to interface with Phy. So add
support for this interface in the code so that driver can be re-used
for 2u hardware.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As a preparatory patch to add support for 2u cpsw hardware found on
K2G SoC, make sgmii configuration conditional. This is required
since 2u uses RGMII interface instead of SGMII and to allow for driver
re-use.
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Driver currently uses macro for NU and XBE hardwrae, while other
places for older hardware such as that on K2H/K SoC (version 1.4
of the cpsw hardware, it explicitly check for the ss_version
inline. Add a new macro for version 1.4 and use it to customize
code in the driver. While at it also fix similar issue with
checking XBE version by re-using existing macro IS_SS_ID_XGBE().
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
w/ bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper xdp's data_end pointer could be changed as
well (only "decrease" of pointer's location is going to be supported).
changing of this pointer will change packet's size.
for nfp driver we will just calculate packet's length unconditionally
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita V. Shirokov <tehnerd@tehnerd.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
w/ bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper xdp's data_end pointer could be changed as
well (only "decrease" of pointer's location is going to be supported).
changing of this pointer will change packet's size.
for cavium's thunder driver we will just calculate packet's length
unconditionally
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Nikita V. Shirokov <tehnerd@tehnerd.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
w/ bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper xdp's data_end pointer could be changed as
well (only "decrease" of pointer's location is going to be supported).
changing of this pointer will change packet's size.
for bnxt driver we will just calculate packet's length unconditionally
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Nikita V. Shirokov <tehnerd@tehnerd.com>
Acked-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
w/ bpf_xdp_adjust_tail helper xdp's data_end pointer could be changed as
well (only "decrease" of pointer's location is going to be supported).
changing of this pointer will change packet's size.
for mlx4 driver we will just calculate packet's length unconditionally
(the same way as it's already being done in mlx5)
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikita V. Shirokov <tehnerd@tehnerd.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Convert all code paths referencing a FIB entry from
rt6_info to fib6_info.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce fib6_nh structure and move nexthop related data from
rt6_info and rt6_info.dst to fib6_nh. References to dev, gateway or
lwtstate from a FIB lookup perspective are converted to use fib6_nh;
datapath references to dst version are left as is.
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some firmware variants - specifically 'capture packed stream' - RSS
filters are not valid. We must check if RSS is actually active rather
than merely enabled.
Fixes: 42356d9a13 ("sfc: support RSS spreading of ethtool ntuple filters")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing API ndo_xdp_xmit to take a struct xdp_frame instead of struct
xdp_buff. This brings xdp_return_frame and ndp_xdp_xmit in sync.
This builds towards changing the API further to become a bulk API,
because xdp_buff is not a queue-able object while xdp_frame is.
V4: Adjust for commit 59655a5b6c ("tuntap: XDP_TX can use native XDP")
V7: Adjust for commit d9314c474d ("i40e: add support for XDP_REDIRECT")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changing API xdp_return_frame() to take struct xdp_frame as argument,
seems like a natural choice. But there are some subtle performance
details here that needs extra care, which is a deliberate choice.
When de-referencing xdp_frame on a remote CPU during DMA-TX
completion, result in the cache-line is change to "Shared"
state. Later when the page is reused for RX, then this xdp_frame
cache-line is written, which change the state to "Modified".
This situation already happens (naturally) for, virtio_net, tun and
cpumap as the xdp_frame pointer is the queued object. In tun and
cpumap, the ptr_ring is used for efficiently transferring cache-lines
(with pointers) between CPUs. Thus, the only option is to
de-referencing xdp_frame.
It is only the ixgbe driver that had an optimization, in which it can
avoid doing the de-reference of xdp_frame. The driver already have
TX-ring queue, which (in case of remote DMA-TX completion) have to be
transferred between CPUs anyhow. In this data area, we stored a
struct xdp_mem_info and a data pointer, which allowed us to avoid
de-referencing xdp_frame.
To compensate for this, a prefetchw is used for telling the cache
coherency protocol about our access pattern. My benchmarks show that
this prefetchw is enough to compensate the ixgbe driver.
V7: Adjust for commit d9314c474d ("i40e: add support for XDP_REDIRECT")
V8: Adjust for commit bd658dda42 ("net/mlx5e: Separate dma base address
and offset in dma_sync call")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch shows how it is possible to have both the driver local page
cache, which uses elevated refcnt for "catching"/avoiding SKB
put_page returns the page through the page allocator. And at the
same time, have pages getting returned to the page_pool from
ndp_xdp_xmit DMA completion.
The performance improvement for XDP_REDIRECT in this patch is really
good. Especially considering that (currently) the xdp_return_frame
API and page_pool_put_page() does per frame operations of both
rhashtable ID-lookup and locked return into (page_pool) ptr_ring.
(It is the plan to remove these per frame operation in a followup
patchset).
The benchmark performed was RX on mlx5 and XDP_REDIRECT out ixgbe,
with xdp_redirect_map (using devmap) . And the target/maximum
capability of ixgbe is 13Mpps (on this HW setup).
Before this patch for mlx5, XDP redirected frames were returned via
the page allocator. The single flow performance was 6Mpps, and if I
started two flows the collective performance drop to 4Mpps, because we
hit the page allocator lock (further negative scaling occurs).
Two test scenarios need to be covered, for xdp_return_frame API, which
is DMA-TX completion running on same-CPU or cross-CPU free/return.
Results were same-CPU=10Mpps, and cross-CPU=12Mpps. This is very
close to our 13Mpps max target.
The reason max target isn't reached in cross-CPU test, is likely due
to RX-ring DMA unmap/map overhead (which doesn't occur in ixgbe to
ixgbe testing). It is also planned to remove this unnecessary DMA
unmap in a later patchset
V2: Adjustments requested by Tariq
- Changed page_pool_create return codes not return NULL, only
ERR_PTR, as this simplifies err handling in drivers.
- Save a branch in mlx5e_page_release
- Correct page_pool size calc for MLX5_WQ_TYPE_LINKED_LIST_STRIDING_RQ
V5: Updated patch desc
V8: Adjust for b0cedc844c ("net/mlx5e: Remove rq_headroom field from params")
V9:
- Adjust for 121e892754 ("net/mlx5e: Refactor RQ XDP_TX indication")
- Adjust for 73281b78a3 ("net/mlx5e: Derive Striding RQ size from MTU")
- Correct handling if page_pool_create fail for MLX5_WQ_TYPE_LINKED_LIST_STRIDING_RQ
V10: Req from Tariq
- Change pool_size calc for MLX5_WQ_TYPE_LINKED_LIST_STRIDING_RQ
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Need a fast page recycle mechanism for ndo_xdp_xmit API for returning
pages on DMA-TX completion time, which have good cross CPU
performance, given DMA-TX completion time can happen on a remote CPU.
Refurbish my page_pool code, that was presented[1] at MM-summit 2016.
Adapted page_pool code to not depend the page allocator and
integration into struct page. The DMA mapping feature is kept,
even-though it will not be activated/used in this patchset.
[1] http://people.netfilter.org/hawk/presentations/MM-summit2016/generic_page_pool_mm_summit2016.pdf
V2: Adjustments requested by Tariq
- Changed page_pool_create return codes, don't return NULL, only
ERR_PTR, as this simplifies err handling in drivers.
V4: many small improvements and cleanups
- Add DOC comment section, that can be used by kernel-doc
- Improve fallback mode, to work better with refcnt based recycling
e.g. remove a WARN as pointed out by Tariq
e.g. quicker fallback if ptr_ring is empty.
V5: Fixed SPDX license as pointed out by Alexei
V6: Adjustments requested by Eric Dumazet
- Adjust ____cacheline_aligned_in_smp usage/placement
- Move rcu_head in struct page_pool
- Free pages quicker on destroy, minimize resources delayed an RCU period
- Remove code for forward/backward compat ABI interface
V8: Issues found by kbuild test robot
- Address sparse should be static warnings
- Only compile+link when a driver use/select page_pool,
mlx5 selects CONFIG_PAGE_POOL, although its first used in two patches
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the IDA infrastructure for getting a cyclic increasing ID number,
that is used for keeping track of each registered allocator per
RX-queue xdp_rxq_info. Instead of using the IDR infrastructure, which
uses a radix tree, use a dynamic rhashtable, for creating ID to
pointer lookup table, because this is faster.
The problem that is being solved here is that, the xdp_rxq_info
pointer (stored in xdp_buff) cannot be used directly, as the
guaranteed lifetime is too short. The info is needed on a
(potentially) remote CPU during DMA-TX completion time . In an
xdp_frame the xdp_mem_info is stored, when it got converted from an
xdp_buff, which is sufficient for the simple page refcnt based recycle
schemes.
For more advanced allocators there is a need to store a pointer to the
registered allocator. Thus, there is a need to guard the lifetime or
validity of the allocator pointer, which is done through this
rhashtable ID map to pointer. The removal and validity of of the
allocator and helper struct xdp_mem_allocator is guarded by RCU. The
allocator will be created by the driver, and registered with
xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model().
It is up-to debate who is responsible for freeing the allocator
pointer or invoking the allocator destructor function. In any case,
this must happen via RCU freeing.
Use the IDA infrastructure for getting a cyclic increasing ID number,
that is used for keeping track of each registered allocator per
RX-queue xdp_rxq_info.
V4: Per req of Jason Wang
- Use xdp_rxq_info_reg_mem_model() in all drivers implementing
XDP_REDIRECT, even-though it's not strictly necessary when
allocator==NULL for type MEM_TYPE_PAGE_SHARED (given it's zero).
V6: Per req of Alex Duyck
- Introduce rhashtable_lookup() call in later patch
V8: Address sparse should be static warnings (from kbuild test robot)
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now all the users of ndo_xdp_xmit have been converted to use xdp_return_frame.
This enable a different memory model, thus activating another code path
in the xdp_return_frame API.
V2: Fixed issues pointed out by Tariq.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also convert driver i40e, which very recently got XDP_REDIRECT support
in commit d9314c474d ("i40e: add support for XDP_REDIRECT").
V7: This patch got added in V7 of this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend struct ixgbe_tx_buffer to store the xdp_mem_info.
Notice that this could be optimized further by putting this into
a union in the struct ixgbe_tx_buffer, but this patchset
works towards removing this again. Thus, this is not done.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This implements basic XDP redirect support in mlx5 driver.
Notice that the ndo_xdp_xmit() is NOT implemented, because that API
need some changes that this patchset is working towards.
The main purpose of this patch is have different drivers doing
XDP_REDIRECT to show how different memory models behave in a cross
driver world.
Update(pre-RFCv2 Tariq): Need to DMA unmap page before xdp_do_redirect,
as the return API does not exist yet to to keep this mapped.
Update(pre-RFCv3 Saeed): Don't mix XDP_TX and XDP_REDIRECT flushing,
introduce xdpsq.db.redirect_flush boolian.
V9: Adjust for commit 121e892754 ("net/mlx5e: Refactor RQ XDP_TX indication")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. Added red_drops stats. Inbound packets dropped by RED, buffer exhaustion
2. Included fcs_err, jabber_err, l2_err and frame_err errors under
rx_errors
3. Included fifo_err, dmac_drop, red_drops, fw_err_pko, fw_err_link and
fw_err_drop under rx_dropped
4. Included max_collision_fail, max_deferral_fail, total_collisions,
fw_err_pko, fw_err_link, fw_err_drop and fw_err_pki under tx_dropped
5. Counting dma mapping errors
6. Added some firmware stats description and removed for some
Signed-off-by: Intiyaz Basha <intiyaz.basha@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Derek Chickles <derek.chickles@cavium.com>
Acked-by: Satanand Burla <satananda.burla@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Manlunas <felix.manlunas@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace magic number "0x5 << MAX_READ_REQUEST_SHIFT" with the
appropriate constant as defined in PCI core.
Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch stmmac_mode_ops to generic Hardware Interface Helpers instead of
using hard-coded callbacks. This makes the code more readable and more
flexible.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch stmmac_hwtimestamp to generic Hardware Interface Helpers instead
of using hard-coded callbacks. This makes the code more readable and
more flexible.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch stmmac_ops to generic Hardware Interface Helpers instead of using
hard-coded callbacks. This makes the code more readable and more
flexible.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch stmmac_dma_ops to generic Hardware Interface Helpers instead of
using hard-coded callbacks. This makes the code more readable and more
flexible.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Switch stmmac_desc_ops to generic Hardware Interface Helpers instead of
using hard-coded callbacks. This makes the code more readable and more
flexible.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Jose Abreu <joabreu@synopsys.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Joao Pinto <jpinto@synopsys.com>
Cc: Giuseppe Cavallaro <peppe.cavallaro@st.com>
Cc: Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are several lines where there is an extraneous space causing
indentation misalignment. Remove them.
Cleans up Cocconelle warnings:
./drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/qp.c:409:3-18: code aligned
with following code on line 410
./drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/qp.c:415:3-18: code aligned
with following code on line 416
./drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/qp.c:421:3-18: code aligned
with following code on line 422
Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When the interface is down, head/tail of the descriptor
ring address is set to 0 in netsec_netdev_stop().
But netsec hardware still keeps the previous descriptor
ring address, so there is inconsistency between driver
and hardware after interface is up at a later time.
To address this inconsistency, add netsec_reset_hardware()
when the interface is down.
In addition, to minimize the reset process,
add flag to decide whether driver loads the netsec microcode.
Even if driver resets the netsec hardware, netsec microcode
keeps resident on RAM, so it is ok we only load the microcode
at initialization.
This patch is critical for installation over network.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa KOJIMA <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Fixes: 533dd11a12 ("net: socionext: Add Synquacer NetSec driver")
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable TX-irq as well during ndo_open() as we can not count upon
RX to arrive early enough to trigger the napi. This patch is critical
for installation over network.
Fixes: 533dd11a12 ("net: socionext: Add Synquacer NetSec driver")
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The usage of of_device_get_match_data() reduce the code size a bit.
Also, the only way to call mtk_probe() is to match an entry in
of_mtk_match[], so match cannot be NULL.
Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Due to a firmware bug, the hypervisor can send an interrupt to a
transmit or receive queue just prior to a partition migration, not
allowing the device enough time to handle it and send an EOI. When
the partition migrates, the interrupt is lost but an "EOI-pending"
flag for the interrupt line is still set in firmware. No further
interrupts will be sent until that flag is cleared, effectively
freezing that queue. To workaround this, the driver will disable the
hardware interrupt and send an H_EOI signal prior to re-enabling it.
This will flush the pending EOI and allow the driver to continue
operation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Marvell's PPv2 controller has a Packet Header parser, which uses a
fixed-size TCAM array of filter entries.
The mvpp2 driver reserves some ranges among the 256 TCAM entries to
perform MAC and VID filtering. The rest of the TCAM ids are freely usable
for other features, such as IPv4 proto matching.
This commit fixes the MVPP2_PE_LAST_FREE_TID define that sets the end of
the "free range", which included the MAC range. This could therefore allow
some other features to use entries dedicated to MAC filtering,
lowering the number of unicast/multicast addresses that could be allowed
before switching to promiscuous mode.
Fixes: 10fea26ce2 ("net: mvpp2: Add support for unicast filtering")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A misconfigured system (e.g. with all interrupts affinitised to all CPUs)
may produce a storm of ARFS steering events. With the existing sfc ARFS
implementation, that could create a backlog of workitems that grinds the
system to a halt. To prevent this, limit the number of workitems that
may be in flight for a given SFC device to 8 (EFX_RPS_MAX_IN_FLIGHT), and
return EBUSY from our ndo_rx_flow_steer method if the limit is reached.
Given this limit, also store the workitems in an array of slots within the
struct efx_nic, rather than dynamically allocating for each request.
The limit should not negatively impact performance, because it is only
likely to be hit in cases where ARFS will be ineffective anyway.
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we inserted an ARFS filter for ndo_rx_flow_steer(), we didn't know
what the filter ID would be, so we just returned 0. Thus, we must also
pass 0 as the filter ID when calling rps_may_expire_flow() for it, and
rely on the flow_id to identify what we're talking about.
Fixes: 3af0f34290 ("sfc: replace asynchronous filter operations")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Necessary to allow redirecting a flow when the application moves.
Fixes: 3af0f34290 ("sfc: replace asynchronous filter operations")
Signed-off-by: Edward Cree <ecree@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce a second skb list for handling control messages and limit the
number of allowed messages. Some control messages are considered more
crucial than others, resulting in the need for a second skb list. By
splitting the list into a separate high and low priority list we can
ensure that messages on the high list get added to the head of the list
that gets processed, this however has no functional impact. Previously
there was no limit on the number of messages allowed on the queue, this
could result in the queue growing boundlessly and eventually the host
running out of memory.
Fixes: b985f870a5 ("nfp: process control messages in workqueue in flower app")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Previously we processed the route ack control messages in the workqueue,
this unnecessarily loads the workqueue. We can deal with these messages
sooner as we know we are going to drop them.
Fixes: 8e6a9046b6 ("nfp: flower vxlan neighbour offload")
Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When waiting for an NFP mutex is interrupted print a message
to make root causing later error messages easier.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We currently allow signals to interrupt the wait for management FW
commands. Exiting the wait should not cause trouble, the FW will
just finish executing the command in the background and new commands
will wait for the old one to finish.
However, this may not be what users expect (Ctrl-C not actually stopping
the command). Moreover some systems routinely request link information
with signals pending (Ubuntu 14.04 runs a landscape-sysinfo python tool
from MOTD) worrying users with errors like these:
nfp 0000:04:00.0: nfp_nsp: Error -512 waiting for code 0x0007 to start
nfp 0000:04:00.0: nfp: reading port table failed -512
Make the wait for management FW responses non-interruptible.
Fixes: 1a64821c6a ("nfp: add support for service processor access")
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When attempting to change the driver parameters, such as the MTU
value or number of queues, do not call netdev_notify_peers().
Doing so will deadlock on the rtnl_lock.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Fontenot <nfont@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a bug in handling the possible return codes from sending the
login CRQ. The current code treats any non-success return value,
minus failure to send the crq and a timeout waiting for a login response,
as a need to re-send the login CRQ. This can put the drive in an
infinite loop of trying to login when getting return values other
that a partial success such as a return code of aborted. For these
scenarios the login will not ever succeed at this point and the
driver would need to be reset again.
To resolve this loop trying to login is updated to only retry the
login if the driver gets a return code of a partial success. Other
return codes are treated as an error and the driver returns an error
from ibmvnic_login().
To avoid infinite looping in the partial success return cases, the
number of retries is capped at the maximum number of supported
queues. This value was chosen because the driver does a renegotiation
of capabilities which sets the number of queues possible and allows
the driver to attempt a login for possible value for the number
of queues supported.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Fontenot <nfont@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The "name" field of struct vnic_login_client_data is a char array of
undefined length. This should be written as "char name[]" so the compiler
can make better decisions about the field (for example, not assuming
it's a single character). This was noticed while trying to tighten the
CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE checking.
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) In ip_gre tunnel, handle the conflict between TUNNEL_{SEQ,CSUM} and
GSO/LLTX properly. From Sabrina Dubroca.
2) Stop properly on error in lan78xx_read_otp(), from Phil Elwell.
3) Don't uncompress in slip before rstate is initialized, from Tejaswi
Tanikella.
4) When using 1.x firmware on aquantia, issue a deinit before we
hardware reset the chip, otherwise we break dirty wake WOL. From
Igor Russkikh.
5) Correct log check in vhost_vq_access_ok(), from Stefan Hajnoczi.
6) Fix ethtool -x crashes in bnxt_en, from Michael Chan.
7) Fix races in l2tp tunnel creation and duplicate tunnel detection,
from Guillaume Nault.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (22 commits)
l2tp: fix race in duplicate tunnel detection
l2tp: fix races in tunnel creation
tun: send netlink notification when the device is modified
tun: set the flags before registering the netdevice
lan78xx: Don't reset the interface on open
bnxt_en: Fix NULL pointer dereference at bnxt_free_irq().
bnxt_en: Need to include RDMA rings in bnxt_check_rings().
bnxt_en: Support max-mtu with VF-reps
bnxt_en: Ignore src port field in decap filter nodes
bnxt_en: do not allow wildcard matches for L2 flows
bnxt_en: Fix ethtool -x crash when device is down.
vhost: return bool from *_access_ok() functions
vhost: fix vhost_vq_access_ok() log check
vhost: Fix vhost_copy_to_user()
net: aquantia: oops when shutdown on already stopped device
net: aquantia: Regression on reset with 1.x firmware
cdc_ether: flag the Cinterion AHS8 modem by gemalto as WWAN
slip: Check if rstate is initialized before uncompressing
lan78xx: Avoid spurious kevent 4 "error"
lan78xx: Correctly indicate invalid OTP
...
- Rework the idle loop in order to prevent CPUs from spending too
much time in shallow idle states by making it stop the scheduler
tick before putting the CPU into an idle state only if the idle
duration predicted by the idle governor is long enough. That
required the code to be reordered to invoke the idle governor
before stopping the tick, among other things (Rafael Wysocki,
Frederic Weisbecker, Arnd Bergmann).
- Add the missing description of the residency sysfs attribute to
the cpuidle documentation (Prashanth Prakash).
- Finalize the cpufreq cleanup moving frequency table validation
from drivers to the core (Viresh Kumar).
- Fix a clock leak regression in the armada-37xx cpufreq driver
(Gregory Clement).
- Fix the initialization of the CPU performance data structures
for shared policies in the CPPC cpufreq driver (Shunyong Yang).
- Clean up the ti-cpufreq, intel_pstate and CPPC cpufreq drivers
a bit (Viresh Kumar, Rafael Wysocki).
- Mark the expected switch fall-throughs in the PM QoS core (Gustavo
Silva).
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=Pnk4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pm-4.17-rc1-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm
Pull more power management updates from Rafael Wysocki:
"These include one big-ticket item which is the rework of the idle loop
in order to prevent CPUs from spending too much time in shallow idle
states. It reduces idle power on some systems by 10% or more and may
improve performance of workloads in which the idle loop overhead
matters. This has been in the works for several weeks and it has been
tested and reviewed quite thoroughly.
Also included are changes that finalize the cpufreq cleanup moving
frequency table validation from drivers to the core, a few fixes and
cleanups of cpufreq drivers, a cpuidle documentation update and a PM
QoS core update to mark the expected switch fall-throughs in it.
Specifics:
- Rework the idle loop in order to prevent CPUs from spending too
much time in shallow idle states by making it stop the scheduler
tick before putting the CPU into an idle state only if the idle
duration predicted by the idle governor is long enough.
That required the code to be reordered to invoke the idle governor
before stopping the tick, among other things (Rafael Wysocki,
Frederic Weisbecker, Arnd Bergmann).
- Add the missing description of the residency sysfs attribute to the
cpuidle documentation (Prashanth Prakash).
- Finalize the cpufreq cleanup moving frequency table validation from
drivers to the core (Viresh Kumar).
- Fix a clock leak regression in the armada-37xx cpufreq driver
(Gregory Clement).
- Fix the initialization of the CPU performance data structures for
shared policies in the CPPC cpufreq driver (Shunyong Yang).
- Clean up the ti-cpufreq, intel_pstate and CPPC cpufreq drivers a
bit (Viresh Kumar, Rafael Wysocki).
- Mark the expected switch fall-throughs in the PM QoS core (Gustavo
Silva)"
* tag 'pm-4.17-rc1-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (23 commits)
tick-sched: avoid a maybe-uninitialized warning
cpufreq: Drop cpufreq_table_validate_and_show()
cpufreq: SCMI: Don't validate the frequency table twice
cpufreq: CPPC: Initialize shared perf capabilities of CPUs
cpufreq: armada-37xx: Fix clock leak
cpufreq: CPPC: Don't set transition_latency
cpufreq: ti-cpufreq: Use builtin_platform_driver()
cpufreq: intel_pstate: Do not include debugfs.h
PM / QoS: mark expected switch fall-throughs
cpuidle: Add definition of residency to sysfs documentation
time: hrtimer: Use timerqueue_iterate_next() to get to the next timer
nohz: Avoid duplication of code related to got_idle_tick
nohz: Gather tick_sched booleans under a common flag field
cpuidle: menu: Avoid selecting shallow states with stopped tick
cpuidle: menu: Refine idle state selection for running tick
sched: idle: Select idle state before stopping the tick
time: hrtimer: Introduce hrtimer_next_event_without()
time: tick-sched: Split tick_nohz_stop_sched_tick()
cpuidle: Return nohz hint from cpuidle_select()
jiffies: Introduce USER_TICK_USEC and redefine TICK_USEC
...
When open fails during ethtool -L ring change, for example, the driver
may crash at bnxt_free_irq() because bp->bnapi is NULL.
If we fail to allocate all the new rings, bnxt_open_nic() will free
all the memory including bp->bnapi. Subsequent call to bnxt_close_nic()
will try to dereference bp->bnapi in bnxt_free_irq().
Fix it by checking for !bp->bnapi in bnxt_free_irq().
Fixes: e5811b8c09 ("bnxt_en: Add IRQ remapping logic.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With recent changes to reserve both L2 and RDMA rings, we need to include
the RDMA rings in bnxt_check_rings(). Otherwise we will under-estimate
the rings we need during ethtool -L and may lead to failure.
Fixes: fbcfc8e467 ("bnxt_en: Reserve completion rings and MSIX for bnxt_re RDMA driver.")
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While a VF is configured with a bigger mtu (> 1500), any packets that
are punted to the VF-rep (slow-path) get dropped by OVS kernel-datapath
with the following message: "dropped over-mtu packet". Fix this by
returning the max-mtu value for a VF-rep derived from its corresponding VF.
VF-rep's mtu can be changed using 'ip' command as shown in this example:
$ ip link set bnxt0_pf0vf0 mtu 9000
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The driver currently uses src port field (along with other fields) in the
decap tunnel key, while looking up and adding tunnel nodes. This leads to
redundant cfa_decap_filter_alloc() requests to the FW and flow-miss in the
flow engine. Fix this by ignoring the src port field in decap tunnel nodes.
Fixes: f484f6782e ("bnxt_en: add hwrm FW cmds for cfa_encap_record and decap_filter")
Signed-off-by: Sriharsha Basavapatna <sriharsha.basavapatna@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Before this patch the following commands would succeed as far as the
user was concerned:
$ tc qdisc add dev p1p1 ingress
$ tc filter add dev p1p1 parent ffff: protocol all \
flower skip_sw action drop
$ tc filter add dev p1p1 parent ffff: protocol ipv4 \
flower skip_sw src_mac 00:02:00:00:00:01/44 action drop
The current flow offload infrastructure used does not support wildcard
matching for ethernet headers, so do not allow the second or third
commands to succeed. If a user wants to drop traffic on that interface
the protocol and MAC addresses need to be specified explicitly:
$ tc qdisc add dev p1p1 ingress
$ tc filter add dev p1p1 parent ffff: protocol arp \
flower skip_sw action drop
$ tc filter add dev p1p1 parent ffff: protocol ipv4 \
flower skip_sw action drop
...
$ tc filter add dev p1p1 parent ffff: protocol ipv4 \
flower skip_sw src_mac 00:02:00:00:00:01 action drop
$ tc filter add dev p1p1 parent ffff: protocol ipv4 \
flower skip_sw src_mac 00:02:00:00:00:02 action drop
...
There are also checks for VLAN parameters in this patch as other callers
may wildcard those parameters even if tc does not. Using different
flow infrastructure could allow this to work in the future for L2 flows,
but for now it does not.
Fixes: 2ae7408fed ("bnxt_en: bnxt: add TC flower filter offload support")
Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix ethtool .get_rxfh() crash by checking for valid indirection table
address before copying the data.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In case netdev is closed at the moment of pci shutdown, aq_nic_stop
gets called second time. napi_disable in that case hangs indefinitely.
In other case, if device was never opened at all, we get oops because
of null pointer access.
We should invoke aq_nic_stop conditionally, only if device is running
at the moment of shutdown.
Reported-by: David Arcari <darcari@redhat.com>
Fixes: 90869ddfef ("net: aquantia: Implement pci shutdown callback")
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On ASUS XG-C100C with 1.5.44 firmware a special mode called "dirty wake"
is active. With this mode when motherboard gets powered (but no poweron
happens yet), NIC automatically enables powersave link and watches
for WOL packet.
This normally allows to powerup the PC after AC power failures.
Not all motherboards or bios settings gives power to PCI slots,
so this mode is not enabled on all the hardware.
4.16 linux driver introduced full hardware reset sequence
This is required since before that we had no NIC hardware
reset implemented and there were side effects of "not clean start".
But this full reset is incompatible with "dirty wake" WOL feature
it keeps the PHY link in a special mode forever. As a consequence,
driver sees no link and no traffic.
To fix this we forcibly change FW state to idle state before doing
the full reset. This makes FW to restore link state.
Fixes: c8c82eb net: aquantia: Introduce global AQC hardware reset sequence
Signed-off-by: Igor Russkikh <igor.russkikh@aquantia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* pm-cpuidle:
tick-sched: avoid a maybe-uninitialized warning
cpuidle: Add definition of residency to sysfs documentation
time: hrtimer: Use timerqueue_iterate_next() to get to the next timer
nohz: Avoid duplication of code related to got_idle_tick
nohz: Gather tick_sched booleans under a common flag field
cpuidle: menu: Avoid selecting shallow states with stopped tick
cpuidle: menu: Refine idle state selection for running tick
sched: idle: Select idle state before stopping the tick
time: hrtimer: Introduce hrtimer_next_event_without()
time: tick-sched: Split tick_nohz_stop_sched_tick()
cpuidle: Return nohz hint from cpuidle_select()
jiffies: Introduce USER_TICK_USEC and redefine TICK_USEC
sched: idle: Do not stop the tick before cpuidle_idle_call()
sched: idle: Do not stop the tick upfront in the idle loop
time: tick-sched: Reorganize idle tick management code
* pm-qos:
PM / QoS: mark expected switch fall-throughs
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
1) The sockmap code has to free socket memory on close if there is
corked data, from John Fastabend.
2) Tunnel names coming from userspace need to be length validated. From
Eric Dumazet.
3) arp_filter() has to take VRFs properly into account, from Miguel
Fadon Perlines.
4) Fix oops in error path of tcf_bpf_init(), from Davide Caratti.
5) Missing idr_remove() in u32_delete_key(), from Cong Wang.
6) More syzbot stuff. Several use of uninitialized value fixes all
over, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Do not leak kernel memory to userspace in sctp, also from Eric
Dumazet.
8) Discard frames from unused ports in DSA, from Andrew Lunn.
9) Fix DMA mapping and reset/failover problems in ibmvnic, from Thomas
Falcon.
10) Do not access dp83640 PHY registers prematurely after reset, from
Esben Haabendal.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (46 commits)
vhost-net: set packet weight of tx polling to 2 * vq size
net: thunderx: rework mac addresses list to u64 array
inetpeer: fix uninit-value in inet_getpeer
dp83640: Ensure against premature access to PHY registers after reset
devlink: convert occ_get op to separate registration
ARM: dts: ls1021a: Specify TBIPA register address
net/fsl_pq_mdio: Allow explicit speficition of TBIPA address
ibmvnic: Do not reset CRQ for Mobility driver resets
ibmvnic: Fix failover case for non-redundant configuration
ibmvnic: Fix reset scheduler error handling
ibmvnic: Zero used TX descriptor counter on reset
ibmvnic: Fix DMA mapping mistakes
tipc: use the right skb in tipc_sk_fill_sock_diag()
sctp: sctp_sockaddr_af must check minimal addr length for AF_INET6
net: dsa: Discard frames from unused ports
sctp: do not leak kernel memory to user space
soreuseport: initialise timewait reuseport field
ipv4: fix uninit-value in ip_route_output_key_hash_rcu()
dccp: initialize ireq->ir_mark
net: fix uninit-value in __hw_addr_add_ex()
...
It is too expensive to pass u64 values via linked list, instead
allocate array for them by overall number of mac addresses from netdev.
This eventually removes multiple kmalloc() calls, aviod memory
fragmentation and allow to put single null check on kmalloc
return value in order to prevent a potential null pointer dereference.
Addresses-Coverity-ID: 1467429 ("Dereference null return value")
Fixes: 37c3347eb2 ("net: thunderx: add ndo_set_rx_mode callback implementation for VF")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This resolves race during initialization where the resources with
ops are registered before driver and the structures used by occ_get
op is initialized. So keep occ_get callbacks registered only when
all structs are initialized.
The example flows, as it is in mlxsw:
1) driver load/asic probe:
mlxsw_core
-> mlxsw_sp_resources_register
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register
-> devlink_resource_register IDX
mlxsw_spectrum
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init
-> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup
size from devlink)
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current
occupancy getter)
2) reload triggered by devlink command:
-> mlxsw_devlink_core_bus_device_reload
-> mlxsw_sp_fini
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_fini
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_unregister IDX
(struct mlxsw_sp *mlxsw_sp is freed at this point, call to occ get
which is using mlxsw_sp would cause use-after free)
-> mlxsw_sp_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_parts_init
-> mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_init
-> devlink_resource_size_get IDX (to get the current setup
size from devlink)
-> devlink_resource_occ_get_register IDX (register current
occupancy getter)
Fixes: d9f9b9a4d0 ("devlink: Add support for resource abstraction")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This introduces a simpler and generic method for for finding (and mapping)
the TBIPA register.
Instead of relying of complicated logic for finding the TBIPA register
address based on the MDIO or MII register block base
address, which even in some cases relies on undocumented shadow registers,
a second "reg" entry for the mdio bus devicetree node specifies the TBIPA
register.
Backwards compatibility is kept, as the existing logic is applied when
only a single "reg" mapping is specified.
Signed-off-by: Esben Haabendal <eha@deif.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When resetting the ibmvnic driver after a partition migration occurs
there is no requirement to do a reset of the main CRQ. The current
driver code does the required re-enable of the main CRQ, then does
a reset of the main CRQ later.
What we should be doing for a driver reset after a migration is to
re-enable the main CRQ, release all the sub-CRQs, and then allocate
new sub-CRQs after capability negotiation.
This patch updates the handling of mobility resets to do the proper
work and not reset the main CRQ. To do this the initialization/reset
of the main CRQ had to be moved out of the ibmvnic_init routine
and in to the ibmvnic_probe and do_reset routines.
Signed-off-by: Nathan Fontenot <nfont@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is a failover case for a non-redundant pseries VNIC
configuration that was not being handled properly. The current
implementation assumes that the driver will always have a redandant
device to communicate with following a failover notification. There
are cases, however, when a non-redundant configuration can receive
a failover request. If that happens, the driver should wait until
it receives a signal that the device is ready for operation.
The driver is agnostic of its backing hardware configuration,
so this fix necessarily affects all device failover management.
The driver needs to wait until it receives a signal that the device
is ready for resetting. A flag is introduced to track this intermediary
state where the driver is waiting for an active device.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In some cases, if the driver is waiting for a reset following
a device parameter change, failure to schedule a reset can result
in a hang since a completion signal is never sent.
If the device configuration is being altered by a tool such
as ethtool or ifconfig, it could cause the console to hang
if the reset request does not get scheduled. Add some additional
error handling code to exit the wait_for_completion if there is
one in progress.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The counter that tracks used TX descriptors pending completion
needs to be zeroed as part of a device reset. This change fixes
a bug causing transmit queues to be stopped unnecessarily and in
some cases a transmit queue stall and timeout reset. If the counter
is not reset, the remaining descriptors will not be "removed",
effectively reducing queue capacity. If the queue is over half full,
it will cause the queue to stall if stopped.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix some mistakes caught by the DMA debugger. The first change
fixes a unnecessary unmap that should have been removed in an
earlier update. The next hunk fixes another bad unmap by zeroing
the bit checked to determine that an unmap is needed. The final
change fixes some buffers that are unmapped with the wrong
direction specified.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Falcon <tlfalcon@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Joe Perches noted that we have a few source files that for some
inexplicable reason (read: I'm too lazy to even go look at the history)
are marked executable:
drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/vce_v4_0.c
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_ptp.c
A simple git command line to show executable C/asm/header files is this:
git ls-files -s '*.[chsS]' | grep '^100755'
and then you can fix them up with scripting by just feeding that output
into:
| cut -f2 | xargs chmod -x
and commit it.
Which is exactly what this commit does.
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=T++R
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'pci-v4.17-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci
Pull PCI updates from Bjorn Helgaas:
- move pci_uevent_ers() out of pci.h (Michael Ellerman)
- skip ASPM common clock warning if BIOS already configured it (Sinan
Kaya)
- fix ASPM Coverity warning about threshold_ns (Gustavo A. R. Silva)
- remove last user of pci_get_bus_and_slot() and the function itself
(Sinan Kaya)
- add decoding for 16 GT/s link speed (Jay Fang)
- add interfaces to get max link speed and width (Tal Gilboa)
- add pcie_bandwidth_capable() to compute max supported link bandwidth
(Tal Gilboa)
- add pcie_bandwidth_available() to compute bandwidth available to
device (Tal Gilboa)
- add pcie_print_link_status() to log link speed and whether it's
limited (Tal Gilboa)
- use PCI core interfaces to report when device performance may be
limited by its slot instead of doing it in each driver (Tal Gilboa)
- fix possible cpqphp NULL pointer dereference (Shawn Lin)
- rescan more of the hierarchy on ACPI hotplug to fix Thunderbolt/xHCI
hotplug (Mika Westerberg)
- add support for PCI I/O port space that's neither directly accessible
via CPU in/out instructions nor directly mapped into CPU physical
memory space. This is fairly intrusive and includes minor changes to
interfaces used for I/O space on most platforms (Zhichang Yuan, John
Garry)
- add support for HiSilicon Hip06/Hip07 LPC I/O space (Zhichang Yuan,
John Garry)
- use PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2_COMP_TIMEOUT in rapidio/tsi721 (Bjorn Helgaas)
- remove possible NULL pointer dereference in of_pci_bus_find_domain_nr()
(Shawn Lin)
- report quirk timings with dev_info (Bjorn Helgaas)
- report quirks that take longer than 10ms (Bjorn Helgaas)
- add and use Altera Vendor ID (Johannes Thumshirn)
- tidy Makefiles and comments (Bjorn Helgaas)
- don't set up INTx if MSI or MSI-X is enabled to align cris, frv,
ia64, and mn10300 with x86 (Bjorn Helgaas)
- move pcieport_if.h to drivers/pci/pcie/ to encapsulate it (Frederick
Lawler)
- merge pcieport_if.h into portdrv.h (Bjorn Helgaas)
- move workaround for BIOS PME issue from portdrv to PCI core (Bjorn
Helgaas)
- completely disable portdrv with "pcie_ports=compat" (Bjorn Helgaas)
- remove portdrv link order dependency (Bjorn Helgaas)
- remove support for unused VC portdrv service (Bjorn Helgaas)
- simplify portdrv feature permission checking (Bjorn Helgaas)
- remove "pcie_hp=nomsi" parameter (use "pci=nomsi" instead) (Bjorn
Helgaas)
- remove unnecessary "pcie_ports=auto" parameter (Bjorn Helgaas)
- use cached AER capability offset (Frederick Lawler)
- don't enable DPC if BIOS hasn't granted AER control (Mika Westerberg)
- rename pcie-dpc.c to dpc.c (Bjorn Helgaas)
- use generic pci_mmap_resource_range() instead of powerpc and xtensa
arch-specific versions (David Woodhouse)
- support arbitrary PCI host bridge offsets on sparc (Yinghai Lu)
- remove System and Video ROM reservations on sparc (Bjorn Helgaas)
- probe for device reset support during enumeration instead of runtime
(Bjorn Helgaas)
- add ACS quirk for Ampere (née APM) root ports (Feng Kan)
- add function 1 DMA alias quirk for Marvell 88SE9220 (Thomas
Vincent-Cross)
- protect device restore with device lock (Sinan Kaya)
- handle failure of FLR gracefully (Sinan Kaya)
- handle CRS (config retry status) after device resets (Sinan Kaya)
- skip various config reads for SR-IOV VFs as an optimization
(KarimAllah Ahmed)
- consolidate VPD code in vpd.c (Bjorn Helgaas)
- add Tegra dependency on PCI_MSI_IRQ_DOMAIN (Arnd Bergmann)
- add DT support for R-Car r8a7743 (Biju Das)
- fix a PCI_EJECT vs PCI_BUS_RELATIONS race condition in Hyper-V host
bridge driver that causes a general protection fault (Dexuan Cui)
- fix Hyper-V host bridge hang in MSI setup on 1-vCPU VMs with SR-IOV
(Dexuan Cui)
- fix Hyper-V host bridge hang when ejecting a VF before setting up MSI
(Dexuan Cui)
- make several structures static (Fengguang Wu)
- increase number of MSI IRQs supported by Synopsys DesignWare bridges
from 32 to 256 (Gustavo Pimentel)
- implemented multiplexed IRQ domain API and remove obsolete MSI IRQ
API from DesignWare drivers (Gustavo Pimentel)
- add Tegra power management support (Manikanta Maddireddy)
- add Tegra loadable module support (Manikanta Maddireddy)
- handle 64-bit BARs correctly in endpoint support (Niklas Cassel)
- support optional regulator for HiSilicon STB (Shawn Guo)
- use regulator bulk API for Qualcomm apq8064 (Srinivas Kandagatla)
- support power supplies for Qualcomm msm8996 (Srinivas Kandagatla)
* tag 'pci-v4.17-changes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/helgaas/pci: (123 commits)
MAINTAINERS: Add John Garry as maintainer for HiSilicon LPC driver
HISI LPC: Add ACPI support
ACPI / scan: Do not enumerate Indirect IO host children
ACPI / scan: Rename acpi_is_serial_bus_slave() for more general use
HISI LPC: Support the LPC host on Hip06/Hip07 with DT bindings
of: Add missing I/O range exception for indirect-IO devices
PCI: Apply the new generic I/O management on PCI IO hosts
PCI: Add fwnode handler as input param of pci_register_io_range()
PCI: Remove __weak tag from pci_register_io_range()
MAINTAINERS: Add missing /drivers/pci/cadence directory entry
fm10k: Report PCIe link properties with pcie_print_link_status()
net/mlx5e: Use pcie_bandwidth_available() to compute bandwidth
net/mlx5: Report PCIe link properties with pcie_print_link_status()
net/mlx4_core: Report PCIe link properties with pcie_print_link_status()
PCI: Add pcie_print_link_status() to log link speed and whether it's limited
PCI: Add pcie_bandwidth_available() to compute bandwidth available to device
misc: pci_endpoint_test: Handle 64-bit BARs properly
PCI: designware-ep: Make dw_pcie_ep_reset_bar() handle 64-bit BARs properly
PCI: endpoint: Make sure that BAR_5 does not have 64-bit flag set when clearing
PCI: endpoint: Make epc->ops->clear_bar()/pci_epc_clear_bar() take struct *epf_bar
...
- Fix RDMA uapi headers to actually compile in userspace and be more
complete
- Three shared with netdev pull requests from Mellanox:
* 7 patches, mostly to net with 1 IB related one at the back). This
series addresses an IRQ performance issue (patch 1), cleanups related to
the fix for the IRQ performance problem (patches 2-6), and then extends
the fragmented completion queue support that already exists in the net
side of the driver to the ib side of the driver (patch 7).
* Mostly IB, with 5 patches to net that are needed to support the remaining
10 patches to the IB subsystem. This series extends the current
'representor' framework when the mlx5 driver is in switchdev mode from
being a netdev only construct to being a netdev/IB dev construct. The IB
dev is limited to raw Eth queue pairs only, but by having an IB dev of
this type attached to the representor for a switchdev port, it enables
DPDK to work on the switchdev device.
* All net related, but needed as infrastructure for the rdma driver
- Updates for the hns, i40iw, bnxt_re, cxgb3, cxgb4, hns drivers
- SRP performance updates
- IB uverbs write path cleanup patch series from Leon
- Add RDMA_CM support to ib_srpt. This is disabled by default. Users need to
set the port for ib_srpt to listen on in configfs in order for it to be
enabled (/sys/kernel/config/target/srpt/discovery_auth/rdma_cm_port)
- TSO and Scatter FCS support in mlx4
- Refactor of modify_qp routine to resolve problems seen while working on new
code that is forthcoming
- More refactoring and updates of RDMA CM for containers support from Parav
- mlx5 'fine grained packet pacing', 'ipsec offload' and 'device memory'
user API features
- Infrastructure updates for the new IOCTL interface, based on increased usage
- ABI compatibility bug fixes to fully support 32 bit userspace on 64 bit
kernel as was originally intended. See the commit messages for
extensive details
- Syzkaller bugs and code cleanups motivated by them
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2
iQIcBAABCgAGBQJax5Z0AAoJEDht9xV+IJsacCwQAJBIgmLCvVp5fBu2kJcXMMVI
y3l2YNzAUJvDDKv1r5yTC9ugBXEkDtgzi/W/C2/5es2yUG/QeT/zzQ3YPrtsnN68
5FkiXQ35Tt7+PBHMr0cacGRmF4M3Td3MeW0X5aJaBKhqlNKwA+aF18pjGWBmpVYx
URYCwLb5BZBKVh4+1Leebsk4i0/7jSauAqE5M+9notuAUfBCoY1/Eve3DipEIBBp
EyrEnMDIdujYRsg4KHlxFKKJ1EFGItknLQbNL1+SEa0Oe0SnEl5Bd53Yxfz7ekNP
oOWQe5csTcs3Yr4Ob0TC+69CzI71zKbz6qPDILTwXmsPFZJ9ipJs4S8D6F7ra8tb
D5aT1EdRzh/vAORPC9T3DQ3VsHdvhwpUMG7knnKrVT9X/g7E+gSji1BqaQaTr/xs
i40GepHT7lM/TWEuee/6LRpqdhuOhud7vfaRFwn2JGRX9suqTcvwhkBkPUDGV5XX
5RkHcWOb/7KvmpG7S1gaRGK5kO208LgmAZi7REaJFoZB74FqSneMR6NHIH07ha41
Zou7rnxV68CT2bgu27m+72EsprgmBkVDeEzXgKxVI/+PZ1oadUFpgcZ3pRLOPWVx
rEqjHu65rlA/YPog4iXQaMfSwt/oRD3cVJS/n8EdJKXi4Qt2RDDGdyOmt74w4prM
QuLEdvJIFmwrND1KDoqn
=Ku8g
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'for-linus-unmerged' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma
Pull rdma updates from Jason Gunthorpe:
"Doug and I are at a conference next week so if another PR is sent I
expect it to only be bug fixes. Parav noted yesterday that there are
some fringe case behavior changes in his work that he would like to
fix, and I see that Intel has a number of rc looking patches for HFI1
they posted yesterday.
Parav is again the biggest contributor by patch count with his ongoing
work to enable container support in the RDMA stack, followed by Leon
doing syzkaller inspired cleanups, though most of the actual fixing
went to RC.
There is one uncomfortable series here fixing the user ABI to actually
work as intended in 32 bit mode. There are lots of notes in the commit
messages, but the basic summary is we don't think there is an actual
32 bit kernel user of drivers/infiniband for several good reasons.
However we are seeing people want to use a 32 bit user space with 64
bit kernel, which didn't completely work today. So in fixing it we
required a 32 bit rxe user to upgrade their userspace. rxe users are
still already quite rare and we think a 32 bit one is non-existing.
- Fix RDMA uapi headers to actually compile in userspace and be more
complete
- Three shared with netdev pull requests from Mellanox:
* 7 patches, mostly to net with 1 IB related one at the back).
This series addresses an IRQ performance issue (patch 1),
cleanups related to the fix for the IRQ performance problem
(patches 2-6), and then extends the fragmented completion queue
support that already exists in the net side of the driver to the
ib side of the driver (patch 7).
* Mostly IB, with 5 patches to net that are needed to support the
remaining 10 patches to the IB subsystem. This series extends
the current 'representor' framework when the mlx5 driver is in
switchdev mode from being a netdev only construct to being a
netdev/IB dev construct. The IB dev is limited to raw Eth queue
pairs only, but by having an IB dev of this type attached to the
representor for a switchdev port, it enables DPDK to work on the
switchdev device.
* All net related, but needed as infrastructure for the rdma
driver
- Updates for the hns, i40iw, bnxt_re, cxgb3, cxgb4, hns drivers
- SRP performance updates
- IB uverbs write path cleanup patch series from Leon
- Add RDMA_CM support to ib_srpt. This is disabled by default. Users
need to set the port for ib_srpt to listen on in configfs in order
for it to be enabled
(/sys/kernel/config/target/srpt/discovery_auth/rdma_cm_port)
- TSO and Scatter FCS support in mlx4
- Refactor of modify_qp routine to resolve problems seen while
working on new code that is forthcoming
- More refactoring and updates of RDMA CM for containers support from
Parav
- mlx5 'fine grained packet pacing', 'ipsec offload' and 'device
memory' user API features
- Infrastructure updates for the new IOCTL interface, based on
increased usage
- ABI compatibility bug fixes to fully support 32 bit userspace on 64
bit kernel as was originally intended. See the commit messages for
extensive details
- Syzkaller bugs and code cleanups motivated by them"
* tag 'for-linus-unmerged' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rdma/rdma: (199 commits)
IB/rxe: Fix for oops in rxe_register_device on ppc64le arch
IB/mlx5: Device memory mr registration support
net/mlx5: Mkey creation command adjustments
IB/mlx5: Device memory support in mlx5_ib
net/mlx5: Query device memory capabilities
IB/uverbs: Add device memory registration ioctl support
IB/uverbs: Add alloc/free dm uverbs ioctl support
IB/uverbs: Add device memory capabilities reporting
IB/uverbs: Expose device memory capabilities to user
RDMA/qedr: Fix wmb usage in qedr
IB/rxe: Removed GID add/del dummy routines
RDMA/qedr: Zero stack memory before copying to user space
IB/mlx5: Add ability to hash by IPSEC_SPI when creating a TIR
IB/mlx5: Add information for querying IPsec capabilities
IB/mlx5: Add IPsec support for egress and ingress
{net,IB}/mlx5: Add ipsec helper
IB/mlx5: Add modify_flow_action_esp verb
IB/mlx5: Add implementation for create and destroy action_xfrm
IB/uverbs: Introduce ESP steering match filter
IB/uverbs: Add modify ESP flow_action
...
Merge updates from Andrew Morton:
- a few misc things
- ocfs2 updates
- the v9fs maintainers have been missing for a long time. I've taken
over v9fs patch slinging.
- most of MM
* emailed patches from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (116 commits)
mm,oom_reaper: check for MMF_OOM_SKIP before complaining
mm/ksm: fix interaction with THP
mm/memblock.c: cast constant ULLONG_MAX to phys_addr_t
headers: untangle kmemleak.h from mm.h
include/linux/mmdebug.h: make VM_WARN* non-rvals
mm/page_isolation.c: make start_isolate_page_range() fail if already isolated
mm: change return type to vm_fault_t
mm, oom: remove 3% bonus for CAP_SYS_ADMIN processes
mm, page_alloc: wakeup kcompactd even if kswapd cannot free more memory
kernel/fork.c: detect early free of a live mm
mm: make counting of list_lru_one::nr_items lockless
mm/swap_state.c: make bool enable_vma_readahead and swap_vma_readahead() static
block_invalidatepage(): only release page if the full page was invalidated
mm: kernel-doc: add missing parameter descriptions
mm/swap.c: remove @cold parameter description for release_pages()
mm/nommu: remove description of alloc_vm_area
zram: drop max_zpage_size and use zs_huge_class_size()
zsmalloc: introduce zs_huge_class_size()
mm: fix races between swapoff and flush dcache
fs/direct-io.c: minor cleanups in do_blockdev_direct_IO
...
Core:
* Remove support for asynchronous erase (not implemented by any of
the existing drivers anyway)
* Remove Cyrille from the list of SPI NOR and MTD maintainers
* Fix kernel doc headers
* Allow users to define the partitions parsers they want to test
through a DT property (compatible of the partitions subnode)
* Remove the bfin-async-flash driver (the only architecture using
it has been removed)
* Fix pagetest test
* Add extra checks in mtd_erase()
* Simplify the MTD partition creation logic and get rid of
mtd_add_device_partitions()
Drivers:
* Add endianness information to the physmap DT binding
* Add Eon EN29LV400A IDs to JEDEC probe logic
* Use %*ph where appropriate
SPI NOR changes:
Drivers:
* Make fsl-quaspi assign different names to MTD devices connected
to the same QSPI controller
* Remove an unneeded driver.bus assigned in the fsl-qspi driver
NAND changes:
Core:
* Prepare arrival of the SPI NAND subsystem by implementing a
generic (interface-agnostic) layer to ease manipulation of NAND
devices
* Move onenand code base to the drivers/mtd/nand/ dir
* Rework timing mode selection
* Provide a generic way for NAND chip drivers to flag a specific
GET/SET FEATURE operation as supported/unsupported
* Stop embedding ONFI/JEDEC param page in nand_chip
Drivers:
* Rework/cleanup of the mxc driver
* Various cleanups in the vf610 driver
* Migrate the fsmc and vf610 to ->exec_op()
* Get rid of the pxa driver (replaced by marvell_nand)
* Support ->setup_data_interface() in the GPMI driver
* Fix probe error path in several drivers
* Remove support for unused hw_syndrome mode in sunxi_nand
* Various minor improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=EG7L
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mtd/for-4.17' of git://git.infradead.org/linux-mtd
Pull MTD updates from Boris Brezillon:
"MTD Core:
- Remove support for asynchronous erase (not implemented by any of
the existing drivers anyway)
- Remove Cyrille from the list of SPI NOR and MTD maintainers
- Fix kernel doc headers
- Allow users to define the partitions parsers they want to test
through a DT property (compatible of the partitions subnode)
- Remove the bfin-async-flash driver (the only architecture using it
has been removed)
- Fix pagetest test
- Add extra checks in mtd_erase()
- Simplify the MTD partition creation logic and get rid of
mtd_add_device_partitions()
MTD Drivers:
- Add endianness information to the physmap DT binding
- Add Eon EN29LV400A IDs to JEDEC probe logic
- Use %*ph where appropriate
SPI NOR Drivers:
- Make fsl-quaspi assign different names to MTD devices connected to
the same QSPI controller
- Remove an unneeded driver.bus assigned in the fsl-qspi driver
NAND Core:
- Prepare arrival of the SPI NAND subsystem by implementing a generic
(interface-agnostic) layer to ease manipulation of NAND devices
- Move onenand code base to the drivers/mtd/nand/ dir
- Rework timing mode selection
- Provide a generic way for NAND chip drivers to flag a specific
GET/SET FEATURE operation as supported/unsupported
- Stop embedding ONFI/JEDEC param page in nand_chip
NAND Drivers:
- Rework/cleanup of the mxc driver
- Various cleanups in the vf610 driver
- Migrate the fsmc and vf610 to ->exec_op()
- Get rid of the pxa driver (replaced by marvell_nand)
- Support ->setup_data_interface() in the GPMI driver
- Fix probe error path in several drivers
- Remove support for unused hw_syndrome mode in sunxi_nand
- Various minor improvements"
* tag 'mtd/for-4.17' of git://git.infradead.org/linux-mtd: (89 commits)
dt-bindings: fsl-quadspi: Add the example of two SPI NOR
mtd: fsl-quadspi: Distinguish the mtd device names
mtd: nand: Fix some function description mismatches in core.c
mtd: fsl-quadspi: Remove unneeded driver.bus assignment
mtd: rawnand: marvell: Rename ->ecc_clk into ->core_clk
mtd: rawnand: s3c2410: enhance the probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: tango: fix probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: sh_flctl: fix the probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: omap2: fix the probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: mxc: fix probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: denali: fix probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: davinci: fix probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: cafe: fix probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: brcmnand: fix probe function error path
mtd: rawnand: sunxi: Stop supporting ECC_HW_SYNDROME mode
mtd: rawnand: marvell: Fix clock resource by adding a register clock
mtd: ftl: Use DIV_ROUND_UP()
mtd: Fix some function description mismatches in mtdcore.c
mtd: physmap_of: update struct map_info's swap as per map requirement
dt-bindings: mtd-physmap: Add endianness supports
...
1) Return correct size from ice_get_regs_len.
2) Fix incorrect use of ARRAY_SIZE in ice_get_regs.
Fixes: fcea6f3da5 (ice: Add stats and ethtool support)
Signed-off-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Fix to return error code ICE_ERR_NO_MEMORY from the alloc error
handling case instead of 0, as done elsewhere in this function.
Fixes: dc49c77236 ("ice: Get MAC/PHY/link info and scheduler topology")
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Acked-by: Anirudh Venkataramanan <anirudh.venkataramanan@intel.com>
Tested-by: Tony Brelinski <tonyx.brelinski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Since the subsequent changes will need a TICK_USEC definition
analogous to TICK_NSEC, rename the existing TICK_USEC as
USER_TICK_USEC, update its users and redefine TICK_USEC
accordingly.
Suggested-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Frederic Weisbecker <frederic@kernel.org>
Currently <linux/slab.h> #includes <linux/kmemleak.h> for no obvious
reason. It looks like it's only a convenience, so remove kmemleak.h
from slab.h and add <linux/kmemleak.h> to any users of kmemleak_* that
don't already #include it. Also remove <linux/kmemleak.h> from source
files that do not use it.
This is tested on i386 allmodconfig and x86_64 allmodconfig. It would
be good to run it through the 0day bot for other $ARCHes. I have
neither the horsepower nor the storage space for the other $ARCHes.
Update: This patch has been extensively build-tested by both the 0day
bot & kisskb/ozlabs build farms. Both of them reported 2 build failures
for which patches are included here (in v2).
[ slab.h is the second most used header file after module.h; kernel.h is
right there with slab.h. There could be some minor error in the
counting due to some #includes having comments after them and I didn't
combine all of those. ]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: security/keys/big_key.c needs vmalloc.h, per sfr]
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/e4309f98-3749-93e1-4bb7-d9501a39d015@infradead.org
Link: http://kisskb.ellerman.id.au/kisskb/head/13396/
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Michael Ellerman <mpe@ellerman.id.au> [2 build failures]
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com> [2 build failures]
Reviewed-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@kernel.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: John Johansen <john.johansen@canonical.com>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Boundary check in mvpp2_prs_init_from_hw must be done according to the
passed "tid" parameter, not the mvpp2_prs_entry index, which is not yet
initialized at the time of the check.
Fixes: 47e0e14eb1 ("net: mvpp2: Make mvpp2_prs_hw_read a parser entry init function")
Signed-off-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This change updates the mlx5 interface to create mkey
on the device.
The updates in the command mailbox include increasing the
access mode type field to 5 bits in order to support additional
types such as MLX5_MKC_ACCESS_MODE_MEMIC which represents device
memory access type and will be used when registering MR on allocated
device memory.
All the places that use the old access mode format are adjusted as
well.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
This patch adds querying of device memory capabilities by the mlx5_core
driver during initialization.
Device memory capabilities is a new capability type and structure
which contains the necessary data that is needed for future device
memory allocation.
The presence of this new capabilities struct is indicated in the
general capabilities struct which is queried first by the driver.
If the presence bit is set, the driver will also query the new
capabilities struct and save it in the device context.
Signed-off-by: Ariel Levkovich <lariel@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@mellanox.com>
Pull trivial tree updates from Jiri Kosina.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial:
kfifo: fix inaccurate comment
tools/thermal: tmon: fix for segfault
net: Spelling s/stucture/structure/
edd: don't spam log if no EDD information is present
Documentation: Fix early-microcode.txt references after file rename
tracing: Block comments should align the * on each line
treewide: Fix typos in printk
GenWQE: Fix a typo in two comments
treewide: Align function definition open/close braces
The ctpio_dmabuf_start entry is not actually a stat and shouldn't
be exposed to ethtool.
Fixes: 2c0b6ee837 ("sfc: expose CTPIO stats on NICs that support them")
Signed-off-by: Bert Kenward <bkenward@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When enable the config item "CONFIG_ARM64_64K_PAGES", the size of PAGE_SIZE
is 65536(64K). But the type of length is u16, it will overflow. So change it
to u32.
Signed-off-by: Tan Xiaojun <tanxiaojun@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NSP default buffer is a piece of NFP memory where additional
command data can be placed. Its format has been copied from
host buffer, but the PCIe selection bits do not make sense in
this case. If those get masked out from a NFP address - writes
to random place in the chip memory may be issued and crash the
device.
Even in the general NSP buffer case, it doesn't make sense to have the
PCIe selection bits there anymore. These are unused at the moment, and
when it becomes necessary, the PCIe selection bits should rather be
moved to another register to utilise more bits for the buffer address.
This has never been an issue because the buffer used to be
allocated in memory with less-than-38-bit-long address but that
is about to change.
Fixes: 1a64821c6a ("nfp: add support for service processor access")
Signed-off-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are currently counting packets with CHECKSUM_COMPLETE as
"hw_rx_csum_ok". This is confusing. Add a new counter.
To make sure it fits in the same cacheline move the less used
error counter to a different location.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
Reviewed-by: Dirk van der Merwe <dirk.vandermerwe@netronome.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->protocol is a __be16 which we would be calling htons() against,
while this is not wrong per-se as it correctly results in swapping the
value on LE hosts, this still upsets sparse. Adopt a similar pattern to
what other drivers do and just assign ip_ver to skb->protocol, and then
use htons() against the different constants such that the compiler can
resolve the values at build time.
Fixes: 80105befdb ("net: systemport: add Broadcom SYSTEMPORT Ethernet MAC driver")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
skb->protocol is a __be16 which we would be calling htons() against,
while this is not wrong per-se as it correctly results in swapping the
value on LE hosts, this still upsets sparse. Adopt a similar pattern to
what other drivers do and just assign ip_ver to skb->protocol, and then
use htons() against the different constants such that the compiler can
resolve the values at build time.
Fixes: 1c1008c793 ("net: bcmgenet: add main driver file")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- add a shell script to get Clang version
- improve portability of build scripts
- drop always-enabled CONFIG_THIN_ARCHIVE and remove unused code
- rename built-in.o which is now thin archive to built-in.a
- process clean/build targets one by one to get along with -j option
- simplify ld-option
- improve building with CONFIG_TRIM_UNUSED_KSYMS
- define KBUILD_MODNAME even for objects shared among multiple modules
- avoid linking multiple instances of same objects from composite objects
- move <linux/compiler_types.h> to c_flags to include it only for C files
- clean-up various Makefiles
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=N5BL
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'kbuild-v4.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/masahiroy/linux-kbuild
Pull Kbuild updates from Masahiro Yamada:
- add a shell script to get Clang version
- improve portability of build scripts
- drop always-enabled CONFIG_THIN_ARCHIVE and remove unused code
- rename built-in.o which is now thin archive to built-in.a
- process clean/build targets one by one to get along with -j option
- simplify ld-option
- improve building with CONFIG_TRIM_UNUSED_KSYMS
- define KBUILD_MODNAME even for objects shared among multiple modules
- avoid linking multiple instances of same objects from composite
objects
- move <linux/compiler_types.h> to c_flags to include it only for C
files
- clean-up various Makefiles
* tag 'kbuild-v4.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/masahiroy/linux-kbuild: (29 commits)
kbuild: get <linux/compiler_types.h> out of <linux/kconfig.h>
kbuild: clean up link rule of composite modules
kbuild: clean up archive rule of built-in.a
kbuild: remove partial section mismatch detection for built-in.a
net: liquidio: clean up Makefile for simpler composite object handling
lib: zstd: clean up Makefile for simpler composite object handling
kbuild: link $(real-obj-y) instead of $(obj-y) into built-in.a
kbuild: rename real-objs-y/m to real-obj-y/m
kbuild: move modname and modname-multi close to modname_flags
kbuild: simplify modname calculation
kbuild: fix modname for composite modules
kbuild: define KBUILD_MODNAME even if multiple modules share objects
kbuild: remove unnecessary $(subst $(obj)/, , ...) in modname-multi
kbuild: Use ls(1) instead of stat(1) to obtain file size
kbuild: link vmlinux only once for CONFIG_TRIM_UNUSED_KSYMS
kbuild: move include/config/ksym/* to include/ksym/*
kbuild: move CONFIG_TRIM_UNUSED_KSYMS code unneeded for external module
kbuild: restore autoksyms.h touch to the top Makefile
kbuild: move 'scripts' target below
kbuild: remove wrong 'touch' in adjust_autoksyms.sh
...
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) Support offloading wireless authentication to userspace via
NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, from Srinivas Dasari.
2) A lot of work on network namespace setup/teardown from Kirill Tkhai.
Setup and cleanup of namespaces now all run asynchronously and thus
performance is significantly increased.
3) Add rx/tx timestamping support to mv88e6xxx driver, from Brandon
Streiff.
4) Support zerocopy on RDS sockets, from Sowmini Varadhan.
5) Use denser instruction encoding in x86 eBPF JIT, from Daniel
Borkmann.
6) Support hw offload of vlan filtering in mvpp2 dreiver, from Maxime
Chevallier.
7) Support grafting of child qdiscs in mlxsw driver, from Nogah
Frankel.
8) Add packet forwarding tests to selftests, from Ido Schimmel.
9) Deal with sub-optimal GSO packets better in BBR congestion control,
from Eric Dumazet.
10) Support 5-tuple hashing in ipv6 multipath routing, from David Ahern.
11) Add path MTU tests to selftests, from Stefano Brivio.
12) Various bits of IPSEC offloading support for mlx5, from Aviad
Yehezkel, Yossi Kuperman, and Saeed Mahameed.
13) Support RSS spreading on ntuple filters in SFC driver, from Edward
Cree.
14) Lots of sockmap work from John Fastabend. Applications can use eBPF
to filter sendmsg and sendpage operations.
15) In-kernel receive TLS support, from Dave Watson.
16) Add XDP support to ixgbevf, this is significant because it should
allow optimized XDP usage in various cloud environments. From Tony
Nguyen.
17) Add new Intel E800 series "ice" ethernet driver, from Anirudh
Venkataramanan et al.
18) IP fragmentation match offload support in nfp driver, from Pieter
Jansen van Vuuren.
19) Support XDP redirect in i40e driver, from Björn Töpel.
20) Add BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT program type for accessing the arguments of
tracepoints in their raw form, from Alexei Starovoitov.
21) Lots of striding RQ improvements to mlx5 driver with many
performance improvements, from Tariq Toukan.
22) Use rhashtable for inet frag reassembly, from Eric Dumazet.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1678 commits)
net: mvneta: improve suspend/resume
net: mvneta: split rxq/txq init and txq deinit into SW and HW parts
ipv6: frags: fix /proc/sys/net/ipv6/ip6frag_low_thresh
net: bgmac: Fix endian access in bgmac_dma_tx_ring_free()
net: bgmac: Correctly annotate register space
route: check sysctl_fib_multipath_use_neigh earlier than hash
fix typo in command value in drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.
sky2: Increase D3 delay to sky2 stops working after suspend
net/mlx5e: Set EQE based as default TX interrupt moderation mode
ibmvnic: Disable irqs before exiting reset from closed state
net: sched: do not emit messages while holding spinlock
vlan: also check phy_driver ts_info for vlan's real device
Bluetooth: Mark expected switch fall-throughs
Bluetooth: Set HCI_QUIRK_SIMULTANEOUS_DISCOVERY for BTUSB_QCA_ROME
Bluetooth: btrsi: remove unused including <linux/version.h>
Bluetooth: hci_bcm: Remove DMI quirk for the MINIX Z83-4
sh_eth: kill useless check in __sh_eth_get_regs()
sh_eth: add sh_eth_cpu_data::no_xdfar flag
ipv6: factorize sk_wmem_alloc updates done by __ip6_append_data()
ipv4: factorize sk_wmem_alloc updates done by __ip_append_data()
...
Previously the driver used pcie_get_minimum_link() to warn when the NIC
is in a slot that can't supply as much bandwidth as the NIC could use.
pcie_get_minimum_link() can be misleading because it finds the slowest link
and the narrowest link (which may be different links) without considering
the total bandwidth of each link. For a path with a 16 GT/s x1 link and a
2.5 GT/s x16 link, it returns 2.5 GT/s x1, which corresponds to 250 MB/s of
bandwidth, not the true available bandwidth of about 1969 MB/s for a
16 GT/s x1 link.
Use pcie_print_link_status() to report PCIe link speed and possible
limitations instead of implementing this in the driver itself. This finds
the slowest link in the path to the device by computing the total bandwidth
of each link and compares that with the capabilities of the device.
Note that the driver previously used dev_warn() to suggest using a
different slot, but pcie_print_link_status() uses dev_info() because if the
platform has no faster slot available, the user can't do anything about the
warning and may not want to be bothered with it.
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Acked-by: Jacob Keller <jacob.e.keller@intel.com>
Use the new pci_bandwidth_available() function to calculate maximum
available bandwidth through the PCI chain instead of computing it ourselves
with mlx5e_get_pci_bw().
This is used to detect when the device is capable of more bandwidth than is
available in the current slot. The driver may adjust compression settings
accordingly.
Note that pci_bandwidth_available() accounts for PCIe encoding overhead, so
it is more accurate than mlx5e_get_pci_bw() was.
Signed-off-by: Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com>
[bhelgaas: remove mlx5e_get_pci_bw() wrapper altogether]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Use pcie_print_link_status() to report PCIe link speed and possible
limitations.
Signed-off-by: Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com>
[bhelgaas: changelog]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Use pcie_print_link_status() to report PCIe link speed and possible
limitations instead of implementing this in the driver itself.
Signed-off-by: Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
[bhelgaas: changelog]
Signed-off-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
This removes the entire architecture code for blackfin, cris, frv, m32r,
metag, mn10300, score, and tile, including the associated device drivers.
I have been working with the (former) maintainers for each one to ensure
that my interpretation was right and the code is definitely unused in
mainline kernels. Many had fond memories of working on the respective
ports to start with and getting them included in upstream, but also saw
no point in keeping the port alive without any users.
In the end, it seems that while the eight architectures are extremely
different, they all suffered the same fate: There was one company
in charge of an SoC line, a CPU microarchitecture and a software
ecosystem, which was more costly than licensing newer off-the-shelf
CPU cores from a third party (typically ARM, MIPS, or RISC-V). It seems
that all the SoC product lines are still around, but have not used the
custom CPU architectures for several years at this point. In contrast,
CPU instruction sets that remain popular and have actively maintained
kernel ports tend to all be used across multiple licensees.
The removal came out of a discussion that is now documented at
https://lwn.net/Articles/748074/. Unlike the original plans, I'm not
marking any ports as deprecated but remove them all at once after I made
sure that they are all unused. Some architectures (notably tile, mn10300,
and blackfin) are still being shipped in products with old kernels,
but those products will never be updated to newer kernel releases.
After this series, we still have a few architectures without mainline
gcc support:
- unicore32 and hexagon both have very outdated gcc releases, but the
maintainers promised to work on providing something newer. At least
in case of hexagon, this will only be llvm, not gcc.
- openrisc, risc-v and nds32 are still in the process of finishing their
support or getting it added to mainline gcc in the first place.
They all have patched gcc-7.3 ports that work to some degree, but
complete upstream support won't happen before gcc-8.1. Csky posted
their first kernel patch set last week, their situation will be similar.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1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=fQ8z
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'arch-removal' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/asm-generic
Pul removal of obsolete architecture ports from Arnd Bergmann:
"This removes the entire architecture code for blackfin, cris, frv,
m32r, metag, mn10300, score, and tile, including the associated device
drivers.
I have been working with the (former) maintainers for each one to
ensure that my interpretation was right and the code is definitely
unused in mainline kernels. Many had fond memories of working on the
respective ports to start with and getting them included in upstream,
but also saw no point in keeping the port alive without any users.
In the end, it seems that while the eight architectures are extremely
different, they all suffered the same fate: There was one company in
charge of an SoC line, a CPU microarchitecture and a software
ecosystem, which was more costly than licensing newer off-the-shelf
CPU cores from a third party (typically ARM, MIPS, or RISC-V). It
seems that all the SoC product lines are still around, but have not
used the custom CPU architectures for several years at this point. In
contrast, CPU instruction sets that remain popular and have actively
maintained kernel ports tend to all be used across multiple licensees.
[ See the new nds32 port merged in the previous commit for the next
generation of "one company in charge of an SoC line, a CPU
microarchitecture and a software ecosystem" - Linus ]
The removal came out of a discussion that is now documented at
https://lwn.net/Articles/748074/. Unlike the original plans, I'm not
marking any ports as deprecated but remove them all at once after I
made sure that they are all unused. Some architectures (notably tile,
mn10300, and blackfin) are still being shipped in products with old
kernels, but those products will never be updated to newer kernel
releases.
After this series, we still have a few architectures without mainline
gcc support:
- unicore32 and hexagon both have very outdated gcc releases, but the
maintainers promised to work on providing something newer. At least
in case of hexagon, this will only be llvm, not gcc.
- openrisc, risc-v and nds32 are still in the process of finishing
their support or getting it added to mainline gcc in the first
place. They all have patched gcc-7.3 ports that work to some
degree, but complete upstream support won't happen before gcc-8.1.
Csky posted their first kernel patch set last week, their situation
will be similar
[ Palmer Dabbelt points out that RISC-V support is in mainline gcc
since gcc-7, although gcc-7.3.0 is the recommended minimum - Linus ]"
This really says it all:
2498 files changed, 95 insertions(+), 467668 deletions(-)
* tag 'arch-removal' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/asm-generic: (74 commits)
MAINTAINERS: UNICORE32: Change email account
staging: iio: remove iio-trig-bfin-timer driver
tty: hvc: remove tile driver
tty: remove bfin_jtag_comm and hvc_bfin_jtag drivers
serial: remove tile uart driver
serial: remove m32r_sio driver
serial: remove blackfin drivers
serial: remove cris/etrax uart drivers
usb: Remove Blackfin references in USB support
usb: isp1362: remove blackfin arch glue
usb: musb: remove blackfin port
usb: host: remove tilegx platform glue
pwm: remove pwm-bfin driver
i2c: remove bfin-twi driver
spi: remove blackfin related host drivers
watchdog: remove bfin_wdt driver
can: remove bfin_can driver
mmc: remove bfin_sdh driver
input: misc: remove blackfin rotary driver
input: keyboard: remove bf54x driver
...
driver and timer driver), which has been through 7 rounds of review on mailing
list.
It is able to boot to shell and passes most LTP-2017 testsuites in nds32 AE3XX
platform.
Total Tests: 1901
Total Skipped Tests: 618
Total Failures: 78
Copied below is the ChangeLog that contains the history of this patch set:
Changes in v7:
- Update cpu binding document to add "andestech,nds32v3" as fallback
- Remove unnecessary configs of arch/nds32/Kconfig
- Use GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY
- Add more help texts for minimum CPU type config
- Update defconfig because of Kconfig changed and bug fixed
- Move early_trap_init() declaration to nds32.h
- Refine dma.c
- Remove apply_relocate() in module.c and include <linux/moduleloader.h> to catch it
- Add do_kernel_restart() in machine_restart()
- Clean up setup.c to remove CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE and some extern declaration functions
- Add negative dependency for VGA_CONSOLE on nds32
- Refine ptrace.c and arch/nds32/include/asm/ptrace.h
- Refine syscall restart flow and arch/nds32/kernel/signal.c
- Fix a bug in VDSO
- Remove the handling for kernel code unaligned accessing
- Add a description for unaligned access handling in git commit message.
- Rebase to v4.16-rc1
- Replace ACCESS_ONCE with READ_ONCE
- Replace atomic_long_dec(&mm->nr_ptes) with mm_dec_nr_ptes(mm)
- Remove print_symbol(%s) with printk(%pS)
- Add bpf_perf_event.h
- Remove init_stack and init_thread_info
Changes in v6:
- Refine naming for atl2c
- Refine ae3xx.dts
- Remove CONFIG_TIMER_ATCPIT100 in defconfig
- Refine elf.h
- Fix a vdso bug
- Separate arch patchset and timer patchset
- To select TIMER_OF in drivers/clocksource/Kconfig instead of arch/nds32/Kconfig
Changes in v5:
- Remove __NR__llseek and sys_mmap()
- Add a comment to explain that we don't have clocksource cycle counter in the CPU
- Add volatile in iounmap()
- Fix typo Featuretures to Features
- Replace CPU_CACHE_NONALIASING with !CPU_CACHE_ALIASING
- Fix a endian bug when we try to get val = of_get_property(cpu,"clock-frequency", NULL)
- Add screen_info to fix the building error when CONFIG_ VGA_CONSOLE is enabled
- Remove unnecessary msync()
- Add depends on !64BIT || BROKEN for faraday Kconfig because the descriptor only supports 32bit
- Add atl2c binding document
- Remove unnecessary include headers
- Fix a vector table bug. It placed wrong vector handlers for 2 exceptions.
- Fix a vdso bug. It may encounter TLB multi-hit exception because we accidently set it as a global page.
- Add proper isb and barrier after some cache operations
- Fix a bug in system call restart flow. $r0 ~ $r5 does not be recovered before restarting system call
- Fix the build errors for OpenRISC and SPARC because io.h changed.
- Update ae3xx.dts to support atl2c.
Changes in v4:
- Add atcpit100 timer driver due to it include vdso implementations and sent
them together with nds32 may help reviewer to review.
- Update ae3xx.dts for atcpit100 clock setting and remove vdso settings.
- To get cycle counter register by timer driver instead of dts.
- Use "depends on NDS32 || COMPILE_TEST" in atcpit100 driver because it is needed for nds32 vdso
- Update defconfig becasue kconfig rename from CONFIG_CLKSRC_ATCPIT100 to CONFIG_TIMER_ATCPIT100
- Remove ag101p.dts because we are not yet ready for ag101p platform.
- Update copyright style to SPDX-License-Identifier
- Include <linux/uaccess.h> instead of <asm/uaccess.h>
- Add local_irq_save()/local_irq_restore() to protect SR_TLB_VPN in update_mmu_cache().
- Update cpu_dcache_inval_all implementation to make sure all level cache are writeback.
Changes in v3:
- Use arch's io.h instead of generic one
- Add andestech-boards binding document
- Update nds32/cpus.txt binding document
- Remove atcpit100 timer drivers
- Select NO_BOOTMEM and delete HAVE_MEMBLOCK_NODE_MAP
- make CPU_BIG_ENDIAN and CPU_LITTLE_ENDIAN are dependent
- Add cpu type to select HWZOL/CPU_CACHE_ALIASING
- Change CPU_CACHE_NONALIASING to CPU_CACHE_ALIASING
- Remove bootarg from device tree script
- Update ag101p.dts and ae3xx.dts for correct board name.
- Clear and simplify defconfig
- Implement L2C_R_REG/ L2C_W_REG with readl/writel instead of __raw_readl/__raw_writel for endian save
- Remove early_init_dt_add_memory_arch/early_init_dt_alloc_memory_arch to use the generic ones
- Refine devicetree.c
- Fix bug https://lkml.kernel.org/r/1499782590-31366-1-git-send-ema...
- Refine irqchip/irq-ativic32.c implementations
- Add COMPILE_TEST in drivers/net/ethernet/faraday/Kconfig
- Refine cache operations
- Add CONFIG_HW_SUPPORT_UNALIGNMENT_ACCESS
- Fix ZERO_PAGE define
- Remove SA_RESTORER
- Remove uapi/asm/signal.h
- Redefine user_pt_regs
- Remove spinlock.h
- Remove __ARCH_WANT_RENAMEAT and __ARCH_WANT_SYSCALL_OFF_T from unistd.h
- Remove set_fs(USER_DS) because flush_old_exec() will do this setting
- Replace in_atomic() with faulthandler_disabled()
- Add barrier.h
- Select COMMON_CLK
- Add clk_pll in dts
- Add of_clk_init() in arch/nds32/kernel/time.c
Changes in v2:
- Set GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY default n
- Add earlycon support
- Remove earlyprintk
- Add CPU_BIG_ENDIAN, CPU_LITTLE_ENDIAN support
- Refine unalignment access exception handler
- Add VMSPLIT support
- Use only one defconfig
- Change interrupt-cells from 2 to 1
- Refine andestech cpu names in bindings/nds32/cpus.txt
- Get clock frequency in dts because fpga bitmap doesn't include this feature
- Update MAINTAINERS for bindings
- Remove unused configs in Kconfig
- Refine device tree scripts
- Refine coding style
- Use generic ioremap_nocache
- Remove L2CC_PA_BASE define and its codes in head.S. It will be moved to bootloader.
- Set PHYS_OFFSET to 0x0 instead of CONFIG_MEMORY_START
- Remove unused macros
- Simplify cpu_cache_* API
- Change __asm__ __volatile__ to asm volatile
- Refine uaccess.h
- Remove unused/deprecated syscall
- Use generic posix_types.h
- Remove arch_trace_hardirqs_on/arch_trace_hardirqs_off
- Fix bug of restart syscall
- Refine syscall implementations
- Use IS_ENABLED to replace ifdef as possible
- Remove device_initcall(nds32_device_probe)
- Refine vdso implementations
- Refine copy_from_user()/copy_to_user()/clear_user()/get_user()/memmove()/memcpy()
- Refine ioremap.c
- Refine irq-ativic32.c
- Fix a bug of earlycon.c
- Export ioremap_nocache/ioremap_uc/ioremap_wc/ioremap_wt
- Add atcpit100 driver
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.17 (GNU/Linux)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=J/YF
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nds32-for-linus-4.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/greentime/linux
Pull nds32 architecture support from Greentime Hu:
"This contains the core nds32 Linux port (including interrupt
controller driver and timer driver), which has been through seven
rounds of review on mailing list.
It is able to boot to shell and passes most LTP-2017 testsuites in
nds32 AE3XX platform:
Total Tests: 1901
Total Skipped Tests: 618
Total Failures: 78"
Reviewed-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
* tag 'nds32-for-linus-4.17' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/greentime/linux: (44 commits)
nds32: To use the generic dump_stack()
nds32: fix building failed if using elf toolchain.
nios2: add ioremap_nocache declaration before include asm-generic/io.h.
nds32: fix building failed if using older version gcc.
dt-bindings: timer: Add andestech atcpit100 timer binding doc
clocksource/drivers/atcpit100: VDSO support
clocksource/drivers/atcpit100: Add andestech atcpit100 timer
net: faraday add nds32 support.
irqchip: Andestech Internal Vector Interrupt Controller driver
dt-bindings: interrupt-controller: Andestech Internal Vector Interrupt Controller
dt-bindings: nds32 SoC Bindings
dt-bindings: nds32 L2 cache controller Bindings
dt-bindings: nds32 CPU Bindings
MAINTAINERS: Add nds32
nds32: Build infrastructure
nds32: defconfig
nds32: Miscellaneous header files
nds32: Device tree support
nds32: Generic timers support
nds32: Loadable modules
...
Current suspend/resume implementation reuses the mvneta_open() and
mvneta_close(), but it could be optimized to take only necessary
actions during suspend/resume.
One obvious problem of current implementation is: after hundreds of
system suspend/resume cycles, the resume of mvneta could fail due to
fragmented dma coherent memory. After this patch, the non-necessary
memory alloc/free is optimized out.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to prepare the suspend/resume improvement in next patch. The
SW parts can be optimized out during resume.
As for rxq handling during suspend, we'd like to drop packets by
calling mvneta_rxq_drop_pkts() which is both SW and HW operation,
so we don't split rxq deinit.
Signed-off-by: Jisheng Zhang <Jisheng.Zhang@synaptics.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
bgmac_dma_tx_ring_free() assigns the ctl1 word which is a litle endian
32-bit word without using proper accessors, fix this, and because a
length cannot be negative, use unsigned int while at it.
Fixes: 9cde94506e ("bgmac: implement scatter/gather support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All the members: base, idm_base and nicpm_base should be annotated with
__iomem since they are pointers to register space. This fixes a bunch of
sparse reported warnings.
Fixes: f6a95a2495 ("net: ethernet: bgmac: Add platform device support")
Fixes: dd5c5d037f ("net: ethernet: bgmac: add NS2 support")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The sky2 ethernet stops working after system resume from suspend:
[ 582.852065] sky2 0000:04:00.0: Refused to change power state, currently in D3
The current 150ms delay is not enough, change it to 200ms can solve the
issue.
BugLink: https://bugs.launchpad.net/bugs/1758507
Cc: Stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kai-Heng Feng <kai.heng.feng@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The default TX moderation mode was mistakenly set to CQE based. The
intention was to add a control ability in order to improve some specific
use-cases. In general, we prefer to use EQE based moderation as it gives
much better numbers for the common cases.
CQE based causes a degradation in the common case since it resets the
moderation timer on CQE generation. This causes an issue when TSO is
well utilized (large TSO sessions). The timer is set to 16us so traffic
of ~64KB TSO sessions per second would mean timer reset (CQE per TSO
session -> long time between CQEs). In this case we quickly reach the
tcp_limit_output_bytes (256KB by default) and cause a halt in TX traffic.
By setting EQE based moderation we make sure timer would expire after
16us regardless of the packet rate.
This fixes an up to 40% packet rate and up to 23% bandwidth degradtions.
Fixes: 0088cbbc4b ("net/mlx5e: Enable CQE based moderation on TX CQ")
Signed-off-by: Tal Gilboa <talgi@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver is closed, all the associated irqs are disabled. In the
event that the driver exits a reset in the closed state, we should be
consistent with the state we are in directly after a close. So before we
exit the reset routine, all irqs should be disabled as well. This will
prevent the irqs from being enabled twice in this case and reporting a
number of noisy warning traces.
Signed-off-by: John Allen <jallen@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor conflicts in drivers/net/ethernet/mellanox/mlx5/core/en_rep.c,
we had some overlapping changes:
1) In 'net' MLX5E_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE -->
MLX5E_REP_PARAMS_LOG_{SQ,RQ}_SIZE
2) In 'net-next' params->log_rq_size is renamed to be
params->log_rq_mtu_frames.
3) In 'net-next' params->hard_mtu is added.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Iff TSU registers exist on a given [G]Ether controller, they always include
the CAM entry table registers (TSU_ADR{H|L}<n>), thus the check for invalid
TSU_ADRH0 offset in __sh_eth_get_regs() is useless...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 6ded286555 ("sh_eth: Fix RX recovery on R-Car in case of RX
ring underrun") added a check for an bad RDFAR offset in sh_eth_rx(), so
that the code could work on the R-Car Ether controllers which don't have
this register (and TDFAR), then the commit 3365711df0 ("sh_eth: WARN on
access to a register not implemented in a particular chip") replaced
offset 0 with 0xffff. Adding/checking the 'no_xdfar' bit field in the
'struct sh_eth_cpu_data' instead results in less object code...
Signed-off-by: Sergei Shtylyov <sergei.shtylyov@cogentembedded.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refine the RX check summing handling to propagate the
hardware provided checksum so that we do not have to
compute it later in software.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Cc: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 145307460b ("devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to
devlink_resource_register"), the "top_hierarchy" parameter to
devlink_resource_register() was removed in favor of using the parameter
"parent_resource_id" exclusively to determine who the parent is. The
root node's resource ID for this purpose is
DEVLINK_RESOURCE_ID_PARENT_TOP with the value 0. It is therefore
problematic that the resource MLXSW_SP_RESOURCE_KVD has also ID of 0.
Fix this by numbering driver-specific resources from 1.
Fixes: 145307460b ("devlink: Remove top_hierarchy arg to devlink_resource_register")
Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass struct mlxsw_core instead of devlink since it is nicer within mlxsw
code and we need both structs in mlxsw_sp_kvdl_resources_register()
anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As struct mlxsw_config_profile is mapped to the payload of the FW
command of the same name, resources_query_enable flag does not belong
there. Move it to struct mlxsw_driver.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The check should be done directly in mlxsw_pci_config_profile, as for
other profile items. Also, be consistent in naming with the rest and
rename to "used_kvd_sizes".
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
First arg of these helpers should be "mlxsw_core".
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This should not be part of the struct, as the struct fields
are tightly coupled with the FW command payload of the same name.
Just use the "granularity" define directly, as in other places.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The parts info is array. The parts copy this info array, yet they are a
list. So make the indexing according to the id and change the list of
parts into array of parts. This helps to eliminate lookups and
constructs like mlxsw_sp_kvdl_part_update() (took me some non-trivial
time to figure out what is going on there).
Alongside with that, introduce a helper macro to define the parts infos.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
devlink_resource_ops should be const as the arg of register function is
also const.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current code uses global variables, adjusts them and passes pointer down
to devlink. With every other mlxsw_core instance, the previously passed
pointer values are rewritten. Fix this by de-globalize the variables.
Fixes: 7f47b19bd7 ("mlxsw: spectrum_kvdl: Add support for per part occupancy")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com>
Acked-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Read the Inline TLS capability from firmware.
Determine the area reserved for storing the keys
Dump the Inline TLS tx and rx records count.
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Werner <werner@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Key area size in hw-config file. CPL struct for TLS request
and response. Work request for Inline TLS.
Signed-off-by: Atul Gupta <atul.gupta@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Casey Leedom <leedom@chelsio.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Daniel Borkmann says:
====================
pull-request: bpf-next 2018-03-31
The following pull-request contains BPF updates for your *net-next* tree.
The main changes are:
1) Add raw BPF tracepoint API in order to have a BPF program type that
can access kernel internal arguments of the tracepoints in their
raw form similar to kprobes based BPF programs. This infrastructure
also adds a new BPF_RAW_TRACEPOINT_OPEN command to BPF syscall which
returns an anon-inode backed fd for the tracepoint object that allows
for automatic detach of the BPF program resp. unregistering of the
tracepoint probe on fd release, from Alexei.
2) Add new BPF cgroup hooks at bind() and connect() entry in order to
allow BPF programs to reject, inspect or modify user space passed
struct sockaddr, and as well a hook at post bind time once the port
has been allocated. They are used in FB's container management engine
for implementing policy, replacing fragile LD_PRELOAD wrapper
intercepting bind() and connect() calls that only works in limited
scenarios like glibc based apps but not for other runtimes in
containerized applications, from Andrey.
3) BPF_F_INGRESS flag support has been added to sockmap programs for
their redirect helper call bringing it in line with cls_bpf based
programs. Support is added for both variants of sockmap programs,
meaning for tx ULP hooks as well as recv skb hooks, from John.
4) Various improvements on BPF side for the nfp driver, besides others
this work adds BPF map update and delete helper call support from
the datapath, JITing of 32 and 64 bit XADD instructions as well as
offload support of bpf_get_prandom_u32() call. Initial implementation
of nfp packet cache has been tackled that optimizes memory access
(see merge commit for further details), from Jakub and Jiong.
5) Removal of struct bpf_verifier_env argument from the print_bpf_insn()
API has been done in order to prepare to use print_bpf_insn() soon
out of perf tool directly. This makes the print_bpf_insn() API more
generic and pushes the env into private data. bpftool is adjusted
as well with the print_bpf_insn() argument removal, from Jiri.
6) Couple of cleanups and prep work for the upcoming BTF (BPF Type
Format). The latter will reuse the current BPF verifier log as
well, thus bpf_verifier_log() is further generalized, from Martin.
7) For bpf_getsockopt() and bpf_setsockopt() helpers, IPv4 IP_TOS read
and write support has been added in similar fashion to existing
IPv6 IPV6_TCLASS socket option we already have, from Nikita.
8) Fixes in recent sockmap scatterlist API usage, which did not use
sg_init_table() for initialization thus triggering a BUG_ON() in
scatterlist API when CONFIG_DEBUG_SG was enabled. This adds and
uses a small helper sg_init_marker() to properly handle the affected
cases, from Prashant.
9) Let the BPF core follow IDR code convention and therefore use the
idr_preload() and idr_preload_end() helpers, which would also help
idr_alloc_cyclic() under GFP_ATOMIC to better succeed under memory
pressure, from Shaohua.
10) Last but not least, a spelling fix in an error message for the
BPF cookie UID helper under BPF sample code, from Colin.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the driver needs to re-initailize the IRQ vectors, we make the
new ulp_irq_stop() call to tell the RDMA driver to disable and free
the IRQ vectors. After IRQ vectors have been re-initailized, we
make the ulp_irq_restart() call to tell the RDMA driver that
IRQs can be restarted.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add additional logic to reserve completion rings for the bnxt_re driver
when it requests MSIX vectors. The function bnxt_cp_rings_in_use()
will return the total number of completion rings used by both drivers
that need to be reserved. If the network interface in up, we will
close and open the NIC to reserve the new set of completion rings and
re-initialize the vectors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refactor bnxt_need_reserve_rings() slightly so that __bnxt_reserve_rings()
can call it and remove some duplicated code.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add remapping logic so that bnxt_en can use any arbitrary MSIX vectors.
This will allow the driver to reserve one range of MSIX vectors to be
used by both bnxt_en and bnxt_re. bnxt_en can now skip over the MSIX
vectors used by bnxt_re.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In the current code, the range of MSIX vectors allocated for the RDMA
driver is disjoint from the network driver. This creates a problem
for the new firmware ring reservation scheme. The new scheme requires
the reserved completion rings/MSIX vectors to be in a contiguous
range.
Change the logic to allocate RDMA MSIX vectors to be contiguous with
the vectors used by bnxt_en on new firmware using the new scheme.
The new function bnxt_get_num_msix() calculates the exact number of
vectors needed by both drivers.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, the driver code makes some assumptions about the group index
and the map index of rings. This makes the code more difficult to
understand and less flexible.
Improve it by adding the grp_idx and map_idx fields explicitly to the
bnxt_ring_struct as a union. The grp_idx is initialized for each tx ring
and rx agg ring during init. time. We do the same for the map_idx for
each cmpl ring.
The grp_idx ties the tx ring to the ring group. The map_idx is the
doorbell index of the ring. With this new infrastructure, we can change
the ring index mapping scheme easily in the future.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When firmware sends a DMA response to the driver, the last byte of the
message will be set to 1 to indicate that the whole response is valid.
The driver waits for the message to be valid before reading the message.
The firmware spec allows these response messages to increase in
length by adding new fields to the end of these messages. The
older spec's valid location may become a new field in a newer
spec. To guarantee compatibility, the driver should zero the valid
byte before interpreting the entire message so that any new fields not
implemented by the older spec will be read as zero.
For messages that are forwarded to VFs, we need to set the length
and re-instate the valid bit so the VF will see the valid response.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When VFs are created, the current code subtracts the maximum VF
resources from the PF's pool. This under-estimates the resources
remaining in the PF pool. Instead, we should subtract the minimum
VF resources. The VF minimum resources are guaranteed to the VFs
and only these should be subtracted from the PF's pool.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When checking for the maximum pre-set TX channels for ethtool -l, we
need to check the current max_tx_scheduler_inputs parameter from firmware.
This parameter specifies the max input for the internal QoS nodes currently
available to this function. The function's TX rings will be capped by this
parameter. By adding this logic, we provide a more accurate pre-set max
TX channels to the user.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gather periodic extended port statistics, if the device is PF and
link is up.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include additional hardware port statistics in ethtool -S, which
are useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Trusted VFs are allowed to modify MAC address, even when PF
has assigned one.
Signed-off-by: Vasundhara Volam <vasundhara-v.volam@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear flags when reset command processed successfully for components
specified.
Fixes: 6502ad5963 ("bnxt_en: Add ETH_RESET_AP support")
Signed-off-by: Scott Branden <scott.branden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the RDMA driver is registered, use a new VNIC mode that allows
RDMA traffic to be seen on the netdev in promiscuous mode.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Change the default ring logic to select default number of rings to be up to
8 per port if the default rings x NIC ports <= total CPUs.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Minor changes, such as new extended port statistics.
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <michael.chan@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This series contains updates to mlx5 core and mlx5e netdev drivers.
The main highlight of this series is the RX optimizations for striding RQ path,
introduced by Tariq.
First Four patches are trivial misc cleanups.
- Spelling mistake fix
- Dead code removal
- Warning messages
RX optimizations for striding RQ:
1) RX refactoring, cleanups and micro optimizations
- MTU calculation simplifications, obsoletes some WQEs-to-packets translation
functions and helps delete ~60 LOC.
- Do not busy-wait a pending UMR completion.
- post the new values of UMR WQE inline, instead of using a data pointer.
- use pre-initialized structures to save calculations in datapath.
2) Use linear SKB in Striding RQ "build_skb", (Using linear SKB has many advantages):
- Saves a memcpy of the headers.
- No page-boundary checks in datapath.
- No filler CQEs.
- Significantly smaller CQ.
- SKB data continuously resides in linear part, and not split to
small amount (linear part) and large amount (fragment).
This saves datapath cycles in driver and improves utilization
of SKB fragments in GRO.
- The fragments of a resulting GRO SKB follow the IP forwarding
assumption of equal-size fragments.
implementation details:
HW writes the packets to the beginning of a stride,
i.e. does not keep headroom. To overcome this we make sure we can
extend backwards and use the last bytes of stride i-1.
Extra care is needed for stride 0 as it has no preceding stride.
We make sure headroom bytes are available by shifting the buffer
pointer passed to HW by headroom bytes.
This configuration now becomes default, whenever capable.
Of course, this implies turning LRO off.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, single core, single RX ring, default MTU.
UDP packet rate, early drop in TC layer:
--------------------------------------------
| pkt size | before | after | ratio |
--------------------------------------------
| 1500byte | 4.65 Mpps | 5.96 Mpps | 1.28x |
| 500byte | 5.23 Mpps | 5.97 Mpps | 1.14x |
| 64byte | 5.94 Mpps | 5.96 Mpps | 1.00x |
--------------------------------------------
TCP streams: ~20% gain
3) Support XDP over Striding RQ:
Now that linear SKB is supported over Striding RQ,
we can support XDP by setting stride size to PAGE_SIZE
and headroom to XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM.
Striding RQ is capable of a higher packet-rate than
conventional RQ.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, 24 rings, default MTU.
CQE compression ON (to reduce completions BW in PCI).
XDP_DROP packet rate:
--------------------------------------------------
| pkt size | XDP rate | 100GbE linerate | pct% |
--------------------------------------------------
| 64byte | 126.2 Mpps | 148.0 Mpps | 85% |
| 128byte | 80.0 Mpps | 84.8 Mpps | 94% |
| 256byte | 42.7 Mpps | 42.7 Mpps | 100% |
| 512byte | 23.4 Mpps | 23.4 Mpps | 100% |
--------------------------------------------------
4) Remove mlx5 page_ref bulking in Striding RQ and use page_ref_inc only when needed.
Without this bulking, we have:
- no atomic ops on WQE allocation or free
- one atomic op per SKB
- In the default MTU configuration (1500, stride size is 2K),
the non-bulking method execute 2 atomic ops as before
- For larger MTUs with stride size of 4K, non-bulking method
executes only a single op.
- For XDP (stride size of 4K, no SKBs), non-bulking have no atomic ops per packet at all.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz.
Single core packet rate (64 bytes).
Early drop in TC: no degradation.
XDP_DROP:
before: 14,270,188 pps
after: 20,503,603 pps, 43% improvement.
Thanks,
saeed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
iQEcBAABAgAGBQJavs5fAAoJEEg/ir3gV/o+iXQIAJQ4jcYb5V3AEPqUeiTNOH2h
e2yyXj2zXNTCl2cekmJriWfQjsA5YizaTNipHb1xR8pznAiIMGmiK5nr8idRY1Qh
M/awuoxJszj8a+z3SxrL/ilgf4HF/89YEt+5MnU/2ihBC3EGG0UbJ6TAC0cXMzmG
Xghi5omlCfsqQQkWooxPVSdRXERLsgzo5kjZ2Zpln/GJa0vVPmIV7ojoQQQzFCMf
eEQzqqEeOk4rk8Z2/5fdsWYjwa2XLnvtUtRBKX/hxCd2zYrFpGUxkzsT/Mikeu+Z
AZAJA4yfHs3dKS3T4CaKDBqhUVxdAsuecT9JlqzgLVEbmw7YypacrPT0TBBsJcI=
=qnbR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mlx5-updates-2018-03-30' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/saeed/linux
Saeed Mahameed says:
====================
mlx5-updates-2018-03-30
This series contains updates to mlx5 core and mlx5e netdev drivers.
The main highlight of this series is the RX optimizations for striding RQ path,
introduced by Tariq.
First Four patches are trivial misc cleanups.
- Spelling mistake fix
- Dead code removal
- Warning messages
RX optimizations for striding RQ:
1) RX refactoring, cleanups and micro optimizations
- MTU calculation simplifications, obsoletes some WQEs-to-packets translation
functions and helps delete ~60 LOC.
- Do not busy-wait a pending UMR completion.
- post the new values of UMR WQE inline, instead of using a data pointer.
- use pre-initialized structures to save calculations in datapath.
2) Use linear SKB in Striding RQ "build_skb", (Using linear SKB has many advantages):
- Saves a memcpy of the headers.
- No page-boundary checks in datapath.
- No filler CQEs.
- Significantly smaller CQ.
- SKB data continuously resides in linear part, and not split to
small amount (linear part) and large amount (fragment).
This saves datapath cycles in driver and improves utilization
of SKB fragments in GRO.
- The fragments of a resulting GRO SKB follow the IP forwarding
assumption of equal-size fragments.
implementation details:
HW writes the packets to the beginning of a stride,
i.e. does not keep headroom. To overcome this we make sure we can
extend backwards and use the last bytes of stride i-1.
Extra care is needed for stride 0 as it has no preceding stride.
We make sure headroom bytes are available by shifting the buffer
pointer passed to HW by headroom bytes.
This configuration now becomes default, whenever capable.
Of course, this implies turning LRO off.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, single core, single RX ring, default MTU.
UDP packet rate, early drop in TC layer:
--------------------------------------------
| pkt size | before | after | ratio |
--------------------------------------------
| 1500byte | 4.65 Mpps | 5.96 Mpps | 1.28x |
| 500byte | 5.23 Mpps | 5.97 Mpps | 1.14x |
| 64byte | 5.94 Mpps | 5.96 Mpps | 1.00x |
--------------------------------------------
TCP streams: ~20% gain
3) Support XDP over Striding RQ:
Now that linear SKB is supported over Striding RQ,
we can support XDP by setting stride size to PAGE_SIZE
and headroom to XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM.
Striding RQ is capable of a higher packet-rate than
conventional RQ.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, 24 rings, default MTU.
CQE compression ON (to reduce completions BW in PCI).
XDP_DROP packet rate:
--------------------------------------------------
| pkt size | XDP rate | 100GbE linerate | pct% |
--------------------------------------------------
| 64byte | 126.2 Mpps | 148.0 Mpps | 85% |
| 128byte | 80.0 Mpps | 84.8 Mpps | 94% |
| 256byte | 42.7 Mpps | 42.7 Mpps | 100% |
| 512byte | 23.4 Mpps | 23.4 Mpps | 100% |
--------------------------------------------------
4) Remove mlx5 page_ref bulking in Striding RQ and use page_ref_inc only when needed.
Without this bulking, we have:
- no atomic ops on WQE allocation or free
- one atomic op per SKB
- In the default MTU configuration (1500, stride size is 2K),
the non-bulking method execute 2 atomic ops as before
- For larger MTUs with stride size of 4K, non-bulking method
executes only a single op.
- For XDP (stride size of 4K, no SKBs), non-bulking have no atomic ops per packet at all.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz.
Single core packet rate (64 bytes).
Early drop in TC: no degradation.
XDP_DROP:
before: 14,270,188 pps
after: 20,503,603 pps, 43% improvement.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Rather than use an on-stack array to copy a broadcast address, use
the generic eth_broadcast_addr function to save a trivial amount of
object code.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no need for explicit calls of devm_kfree(), as the allocated
memory will be freed during driver's detach.
The driver core clears the driver data to NULL after device_release.
Thus, it is not needed to manually clear the device driver data to NULL.
So remove the unnecessary pci_set_drvdata() and devm_kfree().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <weiyongjun1@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ndo_set_rx_mode() is called from atomic context which causes
messages response timeouts while VF to PF communication via MSIx.
To get rid of that we're copy passed mc list, parse flags and queue
handling of kernel request to ordered workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel calls ndo_set_rx_mode() callback from atomic context which
causes messaging timeouts between VF and PF (as they’re implemented via
MSIx). So in order to handle ndo_set_rx_mode() we need to get rid of it.
This commit implements necessary workqueue related structures to let VF
queue kernel request processing in non-atomic context later.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit is to add message handling for ndo_set_rx_mode()
callback at PF side.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The kernel calls ndo_set_rx_mode() callback supplying it will all necessary
info, such as device state flags, multicast mac addresses list and so on.
Since we have only 128 bits to communicate with PF we need to initiate
several requests to PF with small/short operation each based on input data.
So this commit implements following PF messages codes along with new
data structures for them:
NIC_MBOX_MSG_RESET_XCAST to flush all filters configured for this
particular network interface (VF)
NIC_MBOX_MSG_ADD_MCAST to add new MAC address to DMAC filter registers
for this particular network interface (VF)
NIC_MBOX_MSG_SET_XCAST to apply filtering configuration to filter control
register
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ThunderX NIC could be partitioned to up to 128 VFs and thus
represented to system. Each VF is mapped to pair BGX:LMAC, and each of VF
is configured by kernel individually. Eventually the bunch of VFs could be
mapped onto same pair BGX:LMAC and thus could cause several multicast
filtering configuration requests to LMAC with the same MAC addresses.
This commit is to add ThunderX NIC BGX filtering manipulation routines.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ThunderX NIC has two Ethernet Interfaces (BGX) each of them could has
up to four Logical MACs configured. Each of BGX has 32 filters to be
configured for filtering ingress packets. The number of filters available
to particular LMAC is from 8 (if we have four LMACs configured per BGX)
up to 32 (in case of only one LMAC is configured per BGX).
At the same time the NIC could present up to 128 VFs to OS as network
interfaces, each of them kernel will configure with set of MAC addresses
for filtering. So to prevent dupes in BGX filter registers from different
network interfaces it is required to cache and track all filter
configuration requests prior to applying them onto BGX filter registers.
This commit is to update LMAC structures with control fields to
allocate/releasing filters tracking list along with implementing
dmac array allocate/release per LMAC.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ThunderX NIC has set of registers which allows to configure
filter policy for ingress packets. There are three possible regimes
of filtering multicasts, broadcasts and unicasts: accept all, reject all
and accept filter allowed only.
Current implementation has enum with all of them and two generic macro
for enabling filtering et all (CAM_ACCEPT) and enabling/disabling
broadcast packets, which also should be corrected in order to represent
register bits properly. All these values are private for driver and
there is no need to ‘publish’ them via header file.
This commit is to move filtering register manipulation values from
header file into source with explicit assignment of exact register
values to them to be used while register configuring.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Lomovtsev <Vadim.Lomovtsev@cavium.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Meson8m2 SoC uses a similar (potentially even identical) register
layout as the Meson8b and GXBB SoCs for the dwmac glue.
Add a new compatible string and update the module description to
indicate support for these SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Upon a new UMR post, check if the WQE buffer contains
a previous UMR WQE. If so, modify the dynamic fields
instead of a whole WQE overwrite. This saves a memcpy.
In current setting, after 2 WQ cycles (12 UMR posts),
this will always be the case.
No degradation sensed.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
All UMR WQEs of an RQ share many common fields. We use
pre-initialized structures to save calculations in datapath.
One field (xlt_offset) was the only reason we saved a pre-initialized
copy per WQE index.
Here we remove its initialization (move its calculation to datapath),
and reduce the number of copies to one-per-RQ.
A very small datapath calculation is added, it occurs once per a MPWQE
(i.e. once every 256KB), but reduces memory consumption and gives
better cache utilization.
Performance testing:
Tested packet rate, no degradation sensed.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When many packets reside on the same page, the bulking of
page_ref modifications reduces the total number of atomic
operations executed.
Besides the necessary 2 operations on page alloc/free, we
have the following extra ops per page:
- one on WQE allocation (bump refcnt to maximum possible),
- zero ops for SKBs,
- one on WQE free,
a constant of two operations in total, no matter how many
packets/SKBs actually populate the page.
Without this bulking, we have:
- no ops on WQE allocation or free,
- one op per SKB,
Comparing the two methods when PAGE_SIZE is 4K:
- As mentioned above, bulking method always executes 2 operations,
not more, but not less.
- In the default MTU configuration (1500, stride size is 2K),
the non-bulking method execute 2 ops as well.
- For larger MTUs with stride size of 4K, non-bulking method
executes only a single op.
- For XDP (stride size of 4K, no SKBs), non-bulking method
executes no ops at all!
Hence, to optimize the flows with linear SKB and XDP over Striding RQ,
we here remove the page_ref bulking method.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, Intel(R) Xeon(R) CPU E5-2680 v3 @ 2.50GHz.
Single core packet rate (64 bytes).
Early drop in TC: no degradation.
XDP_DROP:
before: 14,270,188 pps
after: 20,503,603 pps, 43% improvement.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Add XDP support over Striding RQ.
Now that linear SKB is supported over Striding RQ,
we can support XDP by setting stride size to PAGE_SIZE
and headroom to XDP_PACKET_HEADROOM.
Upon a MPWQE free, do not release pages that are being
XDP xmit, they will be released upon completions.
Striding RQ is capable of a higher packet-rate than
conventional RQ.
A performance gain is expected for all cases that had
a HW packet-rate bottleneck. This is the case whenever
using many flows that distribute to many cores.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, 24 rings, default MTU.
CQE compression ON (to reduce completions BW in PCI).
XDP_DROP packet rate:
--------------------------------------------------
| pkt size | XDP rate | 100GbE linerate | pct% |
--------------------------------------------------
| 64byte | 126.2 Mpps | 148.0 Mpps | 85% |
| 128byte | 80.0 Mpps | 84.8 Mpps | 94% |
| 256byte | 42.7 Mpps | 42.7 Mpps | 100% |
| 512byte | 23.4 Mpps | 23.4 Mpps | 100% |
--------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Make the xdp_xmit indication available for Striding RQ
by taking it out of the type-specific union.
This refactor is a preparation for a downstream patch that
adds XDP support over Striding RQ.
In addition, use a bitmap instead of a boolean for possible
future flags.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
Current Striding RQ HW feature utilizes the RX buffers so that
there is no wasted room between the strides. This maximises
the memory utilization.
This prevents the use of build_skb() (which requires headroom
and tailroom), and demands to memcpy the packets headers into
the skb linear part.
In this patch, whenever a set of conditions holds, we apply
an RQ configuration that allows combining the use of linear SKB
on top of a Striding RQ.
To use build_skb() with Striding RQ, the following must hold:
1. packet does not cross a page boundary.
2. there is enough headroom and tailroom surrounding the packet.
We can satisfy 1 and 2 by configuring:
stride size = MTU + headroom + tailoom.
This is possible only when:
a. (MTU - headroom - tailoom) does not exceed PAGE_SIZE.
b. HW LRO is turned off.
Using linear SKB has many advantages:
- Saves a memcpy of the headers.
- No page-boundary checks in datapath.
- No filler CQEs.
- Significantly smaller CQ.
- SKB data continuously resides in linear part, and not split to
small amount (linear part) and large amount (fragment).
This saves datapath cycles in driver and improves utilization
of SKB fragments in GRO.
- The fragments of a resulting GRO SKB follow the IP forwarding
assumption of equal-size fragments.
Some implementation details:
HW writes the packets to the beginning of a stride,
i.e. does not keep headroom. To overcome this we make sure we can
extend backwards and use the last bytes of stride i-1.
Extra care is needed for stride 0 as it has no preceding stride.
We make sure headroom bytes are available by shifting the buffer
pointer passed to HW by headroom bytes.
This configuration now becomes default, whenever capable.
Of course, this implies turning LRO off.
Performance testing:
ConnectX-5, single core, single RX ring, default MTU.
UDP packet rate, early drop in TC layer:
--------------------------------------------
| pkt size | before | after | ratio |
--------------------------------------------
| 1500byte | 4.65 Mpps | 5.96 Mpps | 1.28x |
| 500byte | 5.23 Mpps | 5.97 Mpps | 1.14x |
| 64byte | 5.94 Mpps | 5.96 Mpps | 1.00x |
--------------------------------------------
TCP streams: ~20% gain
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
When modifying the page mapping of a HW memory region
(via a UMR post), post the new values inlined in WQE,
instead of using a data pointer.
This is a micro-optimization, inline UMR WQEs of different
rings scale better in HW.
In addition, this obsoletes a few control flows and helps
delete ~50 LOC.
Signed-off-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Saeed Mahameed <saeedm@mellanox.com>
